[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023221686A1 - Positioning method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Positioning method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023221686A1
WO2023221686A1 PCT/CN2023/087343 CN2023087343W WO2023221686A1 WO 2023221686 A1 WO2023221686 A1 WO 2023221686A1 CN 2023087343 W CN2023087343 W CN 2023087343W WO 2023221686 A1 WO2023221686 A1 WO 2023221686A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
srs
network device
terminal device
positioning
positioning request
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2023/087343
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
郭英昊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2023221686A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023221686A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/26Resource reservation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a positioning method and related devices.
  • the base station when performing uplink positioning of a terminal device, the base station needs to deliver the configured sounding reference signal (SRS) configuration to the terminal device through proprietary signaling, so that the terminal device sends SRS according to the received SRS configuration. , thereby achieving uplink positioning of the terminal equipment by measuring SRS.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the signaling overhead required to deliver SRS configuration is proportional to the number of terminal devices that need to be positioned.
  • the signaling overhead is large, and each positioning needs to be downloaded to the terminal device. If the SRS configuration is sent, the positioning efficiency is low.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method and related devices, which can reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:
  • the terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device.
  • the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request is used to request to reserve a first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resource;
  • the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first SRS is used for positioning.
  • a positioning method is provided.
  • the first positioning request sent by the terminal device to the first network device includes the first SRS configuration and requests to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, so that the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration can be reserved.
  • the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, for measuring and obtaining the positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the first network device needs to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through proprietary signaling. The signaling overhead is large, and each positioning needs to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device, and the positioning efficiency is relatively low. Low.
  • the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the signaling required for issuing the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state needs to support the small data transmission SDT capability and send an event report (event report) to the first network device to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a first positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send an event report to the first network device through SDT, so there is no need to request Terminal equipment must support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration
  • the terminal device determines the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship.
  • the first SRS The configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.
  • the terminal device can obtain the cell identity and SRS configuration through broadcast messages, multicast messages, offline downloads, and other methods. Correspondence relationship, and according to the correspondence relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration, determine the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. Through the embodiments of this application, the terminal device determines the corresponding SRS configuration according to the cell identifier. There is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, which can save the signaling required to deliver the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device. Specifically, it may be a physical cell identity.
  • PCI PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell. It can also be other cell identities, such as the new air interface cell global identifier NCGI, etc.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request also includes a short media access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I.
  • Inactive wireless The network temporary identifier I-RNTI, and the first cell identifier, where shortMAC-I is used for authentication, and I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side.
  • the function of the first cell identifier is related to the first SRS configuration. Similarly, it is used to request to reserve the corresponding first SRS resource, so that the first SRS can be sent according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • the first network device can be sent to the first network device through a radio resource control RRC message, a media access control layer control element MAC CE and other messages.
  • Send a first positioning request where the RRC message may be a common control channel CCCH message or a dedicated control channel DCCH message, or the like.
  • the first positioning request is sent to the first network device through an RRC message or MAC CE to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • Event report eliminates the need for terminal equipment to support SDT capabilities, reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.
  • sending the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration includes:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, it sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource, and the first positioning request reply is used to indicate to the terminal device Send the first SRS.
  • the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device
  • the first positioning request The reply indicates that the first network device satisfies the positioning request of the terminal device, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource for measuring the first SRS to obtain the positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can request the reserved first SRS Resource sends the first SRS, saving signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resources, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier.
  • One or more items have similar functions and are used to respond to the first positioning request, reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device, and instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply also includes a first delay.
  • the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning of the terminal device, In the case of a request, it is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for the terminal device after receiving the first delay time of the reply to the first positioning request.
  • the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps.
  • a possible implementation method of receiving a first positioning request reply is provided.
  • the second message Msg2 and the four-step random access process in the four-step random access process of the first network device can be used.
  • the fourth message Msg4 in the process of the first network device, the second message MsgB in the process of two-step random access to the first network device and other messages receive the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.
  • the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device is received through the random access message, and the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved by the request, without the need for the first network device to send the first positioning request through dedicated signaling.
  • the configured SRS configuration is delivered to the terminal device, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:
  • the first network device receives a first positioning request sent by the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request is used to request to reserve the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the first network device measures the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration to obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.
  • a positioning method receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device and includes the first SRS configuration, and requests the first network device to reserve the first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resources, so that the terminal device can send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first network device can measure the first SRS sent by the terminal device to obtain the positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the first network device needs to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through proprietary signaling. The signaling overhead is large, and each positioning needs to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device, and the positioning efficiency is relatively low. Low.
  • the first network device reserves the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration for the terminal device by receiving the first positioning request including the first SRS configuration, thereby saving the signaling required to deliver the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state needs to support the small data transmission SDT capability and send an event report to the first network device to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the first network device reserves the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration for the terminal device by receiving the first positioning request including the first SRS configuration sent by the terminal device, without the need for the terminal device to send a request to the third SRS configuration through SDT.
  • a network device sends an event report, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a corresponding relationship between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device.
  • the corresponding relationship is used to determine the first SRS configuration.
  • the first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. .
  • the first network device can send the correspondence between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration through broadcast messages, multicast messages, etc. relationship, so that the terminal device can determine the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier according to the received correspondence relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.
  • the first network device sends the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration, and the terminal device determines the SRS configuration corresponding to the cell identifier based on the corresponding relationship.
  • the first network device can configure the configured SRS through proprietary signaling. Delivering it to the terminal device can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration, and there is no need to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device. Specifically, it may be a physical cell identity.
  • PCI PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell. It can also be other cell identities, such as the new air interface cell global identifier NCGI, etc.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request also includes a short media access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I.
  • Inactive wireless The network temporary identifier I-RNTI, and the first cell identifier, where shortMAC-I is used for authentication, and I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side.
  • the function of the first cell identifier is related to the first SRS configuration. Similarly, it is used to request to reserve the corresponding first SRS resource, so that the first SRS can be sent according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • the first network device can be sent to the first network device through a radio resource control RRC message, a media access control layer control element MAC CE and other messages.
  • Send a first positioning request where the RRC message may be a common control channel CCCH message or a dedicated control channel DCCH message, or the like.
  • the first positioning request is sent to the first network device through an RRC message or MAC CE to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • Event report eliminates the need for terminal equipment to support SDT capabilities, reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the method before measuring the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS.
  • a possible specific implementation manner of sending a first positioning request reply is provided, specifically, After receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request reply instructs the first network device to satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, so that the terminal device responds according to the first positioning request.
  • An SRS resource sends a first SRS, and the first network device measures the first SRS to obtain positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply, it can request the reserved first SRS Resource sends the first SRS, saving signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier.
  • One or more items have similar functions and are used to respond to the first positioning request, reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device, and instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply also includes a first delay.
  • the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning of the terminal device, In the case of a request, it is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for the terminal device after receiving the first delay time of the reply to the first positioning request.
  • the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps.
  • the first network device can randomly access the first network device through the second message Msg2 and the fourth message in four steps.
  • the fourth message Msg4 in the process of random access to the first network device in one step, the second message MsgB in the process of random access to the first network device in two steps and other messages are used to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device.
  • the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device through a random access message, so that the terminal device can send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for it without the first network device. Delivering the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.
  • the method after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. .
  • the terminal device After the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. After the device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the first network device sends a first message to the second network device for requesting context information of the terminal device and requesting the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the first network device in developing In the case of cell reselection, sends a first message to the second network device, requesting to obtain the context information of the terminal device, which can ensure the continuity and stability of the positioning service in the case of cell reselection, and requests the second network device to obtain the context information of the terminal device.
  • Network equipment stops reserving SRS resources for terminal equipment, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.
  • the method after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • a possible specific implementation manner of sending a second positioning request is provided. Specifically, after the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, it sends the second positioning request to the third network device. Positioning request, used to request positioning of the terminal device. Through the embodiments of this application, the first network device initiates a second positioning request to the third network device to request positioning of the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, so there is no need to require the terminal device to support SDT capabilities. The complexity of the terminal equipment is reduced, the positioning process is simplified, and the positioning efficiency is improved.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the next generation interface application protocol identifier is the next generation interface application protocol identifier
  • the second positioning request includes the next generation interface application protocol identifier (first generation interface application protocol identifier) between the terminal device and the third network device. identification information), the next generation interface application protocol identification (second identification information) between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment, as well as the location information of the terminal equipment, the cell identification of the terminal equipment, the first cell identification, and the first SRS configuration one or more pieces of information.
  • the second positioning request in the embodiment of the present application, it is used to request positioning of the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, so there is no need to require the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal device, and The positioning process is simplified and positioning efficiency is improved.
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the second positioning request can be sent to a third network device through a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • NG-AP message in the embodiment of the present application, the first network device is supported to trigger the second positioning request and request positioning of the terminal device, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, and thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities. , reducing the complexity of the terminal equipment, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first network device receives a second positioning request reply from the third network device, and the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.
  • a possible specific implementation manner of receiving a second positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, after the first network device sends the second positioning request to the third network device, it receives the second positioning request from the third network device.
  • the second positioning request reply indicates positioning of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning request reply may be sent by the third network device to the first network device, or may be sent by the third network device to the fourth network device via the fourth network. The device forwards it to the first network device.
  • the first network device can position the terminal device according to the received second positioning request reply. Bit.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:
  • the second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.
  • a positioning method is provided. After the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. After the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, , the first network device sends a first message to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device. The first message is used to request context information of the terminal device, and to request the second The network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, and the second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the second network device when cell reselection occurs, sends a second message to the first network device after receiving the first message sent by the first network device.
  • the second message includes the context of the terminal device.
  • Information can ensure the continuity and stability of the positioning service in the case of cell reselection, and the second network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the second network device receives a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • a possible specific implementation of a positioning method is provided. Specifically, after the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device.
  • the second network device Stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device to inform the fourth network device that the second network device has stopped reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the second network device receives The fourth message sent by the fourth network device is to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the second network device can promptly stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device and stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization. .
  • embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:
  • the third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;
  • the third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding
  • the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the next generation interface application protocol identifier is the next generation interface application protocol identifier
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third device sends a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to be positioned.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:
  • the fourth network device receives a third positioning request sent by the third network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request to reserve the SRS configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;
  • the fourth network device sends a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth network device receives a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the fourth network device sends a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes a module or unit for executing the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to send a first positioning request to the first network device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request to reserve the SRS configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • First SRS resources ;
  • a processing unit configured to configure the corresponding first SRS resource according to the first SRS, and send the first SRS through the transceiver unit, where the first SRS is used for positioning.
  • the transceiver unit is also used to obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, where the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the communication device.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, upon receiving a first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, send the location request through the transceiver unit according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first SRS the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the communication device to send the first SRS.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the communication device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the communication The second message Msg2 in the process of the communication device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps, the fourth message Msg4 in the process of the communication device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps, the communication device The second message MsgB is sent in a two-step random access process to the first network device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a first positioning request sent by the terminal device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request reservation of the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • a processing unit configured to measure the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration to obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a correspondence between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device, where the correspondence is used to determine the first SRS configuration.
  • the SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps; The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device in two steps.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first message to a second network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and to request the second network device.
  • the device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a second positioning request to a third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the third network equipment
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device.
  • Generation interface application protocol identifier included in the first identification information.
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second positioning request reply from the third network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a first message sent by a first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of a terminal device and request the communication device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit is also configured to send a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a third message to a fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send a third positioning request to a fourth network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration.
  • the corresponding first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment.
  • Generation interface application protocol identifier included in the first identification information.
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to instruct positioning of the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a third positioning request sent by a third network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement any one of the above first to fifth aspects and the method of any possible implementation.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including: a logic circuit and a communication interface.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium being used to store a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run on a computer
  • a computer program which may also be called a code, or an instruction
  • inventions of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first step.
  • a computer program which may also be called a code, or an instruction
  • embodiments of the present application provide a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor.
  • the processor is configured to execute instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the chip performs the above first to fifth aspects. Methods of any aspect and any possible embodiment.
  • the chip also includes a communication interface, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes at least one communication device as described in the sixth aspect, or a communication device as described in the seventh aspect, or a communication device as described in the eighth aspect. device, or the chip according to the eleventh aspect.
  • the process of sending information and/or receiving information in the above method can be understood as The process by which a processor outputs information, and/or the process by which a processor receives input information.
  • the processor may output the information to the transceiver (or communication interface, or transmitting module) for transmission by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before it reaches the transceiver.
  • the transceiver or communication interface, or sending module
  • the transceiver receives the information and inputs it into the processor.
  • the information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
  • the sending information mentioned in the foregoing method can be understood as processor output information.
  • receiving information can be understood as the processor receiving input information.
  • the above processor may be a processor specially used to execute these methods, or may be A processor, such as a general-purpose processor, that performs these methods by executing computer instructions in memory.
  • the above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which can be integrated on the same chip as the processor, or can be separately provided on different chips.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • the above-mentioned at least one memory is located outside the device.
  • the above-mentioned at least one memory is located within the device.
  • part of the at least one memory is located within the device, and another part of the memory is located outside the device.
  • processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.
  • the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request to request Reserving the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration. Moreover, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device every time positioning is performed, which improves positioning. Efficiency, the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture based on a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of terminal equipment state switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the RRC connection recovery process of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning-based communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application.
  • the appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments.
  • Those skilled in the art can understand explicitly and implicitly that in the various embodiments of the present application, if there are no special instructions and logical conflicts, the terminology and/or descriptions between the various embodiments are consistent, and can By referencing each other, technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments based on their inherent logical relationships.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more
  • plural refers to two or more
  • at least two (items) refers to two or three and three or more
  • "and/or” is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
  • a and/or B can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A exists at the same time. and B, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related object is a "or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c” ”, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the method provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, it can be an Internet of things (IoT) system, a narrowband Internet of things (NB-IoT) system, a long term evolution (long term evolution) , LTE) system, it can also be the fifth generation (5th-generation, 5G) communication system, and new communication systems (such as 6G) that will appear in future communication development.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • NB-IoT narrowband Internet of things
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • new communication systems such as 6G
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), and device-to-device (D2D) networks.
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively called vehicle-to-everything (V2X, X can represent anything).
  • the V2X can include: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, Vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I Vehicle to infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle to pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle to network
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with each other through D2D technology, M2M technology or V2X technology.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least one access network device and at least one terminal device.
  • the access network equipment may be the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), the next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved nodeB, ng-eNB), or the access network equipment in future 6G communications, etc. .
  • the access network device can be any device with wireless transceiver functions, including but not limited to the base stations shown above.
  • the base station may also be a base station in a future communication system such as a sixth generation communication system.
  • the access network device can be an access node, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, etc. in a wireless LAN (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system.
  • the access network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the access network device may be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the access network device can also be a small station, a transmission reception point (TRP) (or it can also be called a transmission point), etc.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • the access network equipment can also be a base station in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.
  • base stations can be composed of centralized units (CU) and distributed units (DU). That is, the functions of the base station in the access network are split, some functions of the base station are deployed in a CU, and the remaining functions are deployed in a DU. And multiple DUs share one CU, which can save costs and facilitate network expansion.
  • CU can also be divided into CU-control plane (CP) and CU-user plane (user plan, UP).
  • CP CU-control plane
  • UP user plan
  • the base stations may also be open radio access network (ORAN) architectures, etc. This application does not limit the specific type of base stations.
  • the following uses the access network device as a base station as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.
  • the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (UE), terminal, etc.
  • Terminal equipment is a device with wireless transceiver functions that can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water, such as on ships; it can also be deployed in the air, such as on On board an airplane, balloon or satellite, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (AR) terminal device, industrial control Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the terminal equipment may also be a terminal equipment in a future 6G network or a terminal equipment in a future evolved PLMN, etc.
  • the terminal equipment shown in this application may not only include vehicles in the Internet of Vehicles (such as complete vehicles), but may also include vehicle-mounted equipment or vehicle-mounted terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, etc. This application will not apply to the terminal equipment when it is applied to the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the specific form is not limited.
  • the terminal device as a UE as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.
  • the communication system shown in Figure 1 includes one base station and six UEs, such as UE1 to UE6 in Figure 1 .
  • the base station can send downlink signals such as configuration information or downlink control information (DCI) to UE1 to UE6, and UE1 to UE6 can send SRS or physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to the base station. Wait for the up signal.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one base station and six UEs, as well as communication links between each communication device.
  • the communication system may include multiple base stations, and the coverage of each base station may include other numbers of UEs, such as more or less UEs, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • Each of the above communication devices can be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific structure of each communication device.
  • the communication system may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture based on wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the positioning architecture mainly includes: radio access network (RAN) ( Figure 1 takes next generation RAN (NG-RAN) as an example), UE and core Net three parts.
  • RAN radio access network
  • Figure 1 takes next generation RAN (NG-RAN) as an example)
  • UE and core Net three parts.
  • the core network includes location management function (LMF), access and mobility management function (AMF), service location protocol (service location protocol, SLP) and evolved service mobile location Center (evolved serving mobile location centre, E-SMLC).
  • LMF location management function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SLP service location protocol
  • E-SMLC evolved service mobile location Center
  • the LMF is responsible for supporting different types of location services related to the UE, including positioning the UE and delivering assistance data to the UE.
  • the LMF and the base station interact through new radio (NR) positioning protocol annex (NRRPa) messages to obtain positioning reference signals (PRS) and sounding reference signals (PRS). reference signal, SRS) configuration information, cell timing, cell location information, etc.
  • NRRPa new radio positioning protocol annex
  • PRS positioning reference signals
  • SRS sounding reference signals
  • LMF and UE transmit UE capability information, auxiliary information, measurement information, etc. through Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) messages.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTP Long Term Evolution
  • the AMF can receive a location service request related to the UE from the 5th generation core network location services (5GC LCS) entity; or, the AMF itself can also initiate some location services on behalf of the UE and provide Location service requests are sent to LMF. After obtaining the location information of the UE, the AMF returns the location information of the UE to the 5GC LCS entity.
  • 5GC LCS 5th generation core network location services
  • the RAN includes a base station.
  • gNB and ng-eNB can be connected through the Xn interface (or Xn-C interface), and LMF and ng-eNB/gNB can be connected through the NG-C interface.
  • the UE and gNB can be connected through the NR-Uu interface
  • the UE and ng-eNB can be connected through the LTE-Uu interface. It can be understood that this application does not limit each interface shown in Figure 2. For descriptions of each interface, you can also refer to relevant standards or protocols.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of terminal device state switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • New radio new radio, NR introduces a new RRC state, namely RRC_INACTIVE (radio resource control-inactive state), which is different from RRC_CONNECTED (radio resource control-connected state) and RRC_IDLE (radio resource control-idle state)
  • RRC_INACTIVE radio resource control-inactive state
  • RRC_CONNECTED radio resource control-connected state
  • RRC_IDLE radio resource control-idle state
  • RRC_INACTIVE radio resource control - inactive state
  • RRC_CONNECTED radio resource control - connected state
  • the base station will assign the UE an identity I- RNTI (Inactive Radio Network Temporary Identifier), and uses this identifier to store the context of the UE.
  • I- RNTI Inactive Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • This base station is also called the UE's last serving gNB (last serving gNB), and is sometimes also recorded as the anchor gNB (anchor gNB).
  • the UE When the UE requests to resume a previously suspended RRC connection or update the radio notification area (RNA), the UE sends a RRCResumeRequest message to the current serving base station.
  • the RRCResumeRequest message structure includes a recovery reason value, which is used to indicate The RRCResumeRequest message requests the recovery reason.
  • the RRCResumeRequest message structure also includes the I_RNTI identifier. The current serving base station goes to the last serving gNB to retrieve the UE context according to the I_RNTI identifier.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the RRC connection recovery process of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each step in Figure 4 is explained below:
  • the UE sends an RRC connection recovery request RRCResumeRequst to the gNB.
  • the RRCResumeRequst contains the I-RNTI allocated to the UE by the last serving gNB.
  • gNB When gNB receives RRCResumeRequst, and based on the gNB identity contained in I-RNTI, it can find the last serving gNB and request it to provide the context of the UE.
  • gNB sends a context acquisition request Retrieve UE context request message to the corresponding last serving gNB.
  • S403 last serving gNB provides the context of the UE to gNB.
  • the last serving gNB sends a context retrieval response Retrieve UE context response message to gNB, and the context retrieval response message includes the context of the UE.
  • S404/S405 gNB and UE complete the restoration of RRC connection, and can send user data after obtaining the authorization grant.
  • S407/S408 gNB performs path conversion.
  • S409 The gNB triggers resource release of the UE at the last serving gNB.
  • gNB can send an RRCSetup message to the UE to re-establish the RRC connection; or gNB can directly send an RRCReject message to the UE to reject the UE's establishment request.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes:
  • the serving base station determines the configuration of uplink SRS resources (determines UL SRS resources).
  • the serving base station may be a gNB, or a TRP, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the serving base station sends a message carrying SRS configuration (SRS configuration) to the UE.
  • SRS configuration includes configuration information of uplink SRS resources determined by the serving base station for the UE.
  • the serving base station can send the SRS configuration to the UE, so that the UE can obtain the SRS configuration and send SRS according to the SRS configuration.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning-based communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method includes:
  • the LMF requests the SRS configuration from the UE's serving base station, such as requesting the SRS configuration through the NRPPa positioning information request message (NRPPa positioning information request).
  • the serving base station determines the configuration of uplink SRS resources (determines UL SRS resources).
  • S603 The serving base station sends a message carrying SRS configuration (SRS configuration) to the UE.
  • SRS configuration a message carrying SRS configuration
  • the UE receives the SRS configuration.
  • the above SRS configuration includes the configuration of uplink SRS resources.
  • the serving base station sends a response carrying the SRS configuration to the LMF, such as replying the SRS configuration to the LMF through an NRPPa positioning information response (NRPPa positioning information response) message. Accordingly, LMF receives the response.
  • NRPPa positioning information response NRPPa positioning information response
  • the serving base station may also first send a message carrying the SRS configuration to the UE, and then after the LMF requests the SRS configuration from the serving base station of the UE, the serving base station sends a response carrying the SRS configuration to the LMF.
  • the SRS configuration sent by the serving base station to the UE and the SRS configuration sent by the serving base station to the LMF may be the same, or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the serving base station may also first send a message carrying SRS configuration 1 to the UE, and after the LMF requests the SRS configuration from the serving base station of the UE, determine to configure the uplink SRS resources, and then send a message carrying SRS configuration 2 to the UE, and Send a response carrying SRS configuration 2 to the LMF.
  • SRS configuration 2 and SRS configuration 1 may be different, or they may be the same, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the order of step 601 and step 602.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the order of step 603 and step 604.
  • the LMF requests the UE's serving base station to activate the SRS configuration, such as requesting the activation of the SRS configuration through the NRPPa positioning activation request (NRPPa positioning activation request) message.
  • the serving base station receives the NRPPa positioning activation request.
  • the serving base station sends an instruction to activate SRS transmission to the UE (activate UE SRS transmission).
  • the UE receives the instruction.
  • FIG. 6 does not show the step of the UE sending the SRS
  • the method shown in FIG. 6 may also include the step of the UE sending the SRS.
  • this embodiment of the application does not limit it.
  • the serving base station sends a response to activate the SRS configuration to the LMF, such as sending a response to activating the SRS configuration to the LMF through an NRPPa positioning activation response (NRPPa positioning activation response) message. Accordingly, LMF receives the response.
  • NRPPa positioning activation response NRPPa positioning activation response
  • response to activate the SRS configuration shown above may be a high-layer response message.
  • the LMF sends a measurement request to one or more base stations (which may or may not include a serving base station), requesting one or more base stations to measure the SRS.
  • the LMF sends an NRPPa measurement request message to one or more base stations to request measurement of the SRS.
  • the one or more base stations shown above may include serving base stations and/or neighboring base stations.
  • S609 The serving base station and/or neighboring base stations perform uplink (UL) SRS measurement.
  • the base station that receives the measurement request performs UL SRS measurement.
  • the serving base station and/or neighboring base station sends an NRPPa measurement response (NRPPa measurement response) to the LMF.
  • NRPPa measurement response NRPPa measurement response
  • the LMF sends a request to the serving base station to activate the SRS configuration, such as requesting to activate the SRS configuration through the NRPPa positioning deactivation (NRPPa positioning deactivation) message.
  • NRPPa positioning deactivation NRPPa positioning deactivation
  • the communication method shown in Figure 6 includes the step of activating aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS transmission.
  • aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS transmission does not need to be activated (for example, periodic SRS positioning is used)
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may not include steps 605 to 607.
  • the UE when performing uplink positioning for a UE in RRC_INACTIVE, before the above step 601, the UE also needs to send an event report (event report) to the serving base station through small data transmission (SDT), and the serving base station receives the event The report is then forwarded to the LMF, and the LMF then requests the SRS configuration from the UE's serving base station to perform uplink positioning of the UE.
  • event report event report
  • SDT small data transmission
  • the serving base station needs to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling, so that the UE sends SRS according to the received SRS configuration, thereby achieving the UE's positioning by measuring SRS.
  • Upward positioning In this way, the signaling overhead required for the serving base station to deliver the SRS configuration is proportional to the number of UEs that need to be positioned. The signaling overhead is large, and the SRS configuration needs to be delivered to the UE for each positioning, and the positioning efficiency is low.
  • the UE needs to send an event report to the serving base station through SDT, so that the serving base station delivers the configured SRS configuration to the UE through proprietary signaling. This requires the UE to support SDT capabilities, which increases the complexity of the UE.
  • embodiments of this application propose a new positioning method.
  • the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request, so as to Requesting to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This positioning method is applied in the field of communication technology. The positioning method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request includes a first SRS configuration
  • the first positioning request is used to request the first network device to reserve a first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead. , improve positioning efficiency.
  • the first network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions.
  • It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above.
  • Network access equipment used to perform the determination in the embodiment of this application bit method to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device before sending the first positioning request, the terminal device also needs to determine the first SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device may obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration by receiving broadcast messages, multicast messages, etc., which may be sent by the first network device.
  • the terminal device determines the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell according to the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same public land mobile network (PLMN) as the terminal device, and may be a physical cell index (PCI).
  • PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell. It can also be other cell identity, such as New Radio Cell Global Identifier (NCGI).
  • NCGI New Radio Cell Global Identifier
  • the terminal device can obtain the first cell identity by detecting that the neighboring cells are in the PCI list of the same PLMN.
  • the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration may be: a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration; or, a cell identifier list corresponds to an SRS configuration list; or a cell corresponds to an SRS configuration list, etc.,
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration through offline downloading, etc., and then determine the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell based on the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device may also be pre-configured with a corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device determines the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell based on the pre-configured corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device determines the corresponding SRS configuration according to the cell identifier. There is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, which can save the signaling required to deliver the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first positioning request also includes a short medium access control integrity verification value (short medium access control integrity protection, shortMAC-I), an inactive radio network temporary identifier (inactive radio network temporary identifier) identifier, I-RNTI), and the above-mentioned first cell identifier.
  • shortMAC-I short medium access control integrity protection
  • I-RNTI active radio network temporary identifier
  • shortMAC-I is used for authentication
  • I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side.
  • the function of the first cell identifier is similar to the first SRS configuration, and is used to request reservation of the corresponding first SRS resource, thereby The first SRS may be sent according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first positioning request may be sent to the first network device through a radio resource control RRC message, a medium access control control element (medium access control control element, MAC CE) or other messages.
  • RRC message may be a common control channel (common control channel, CCCH) message or a dedicated control channel (dedicated control channel, DCCH) message, etc.
  • the first positioning request is sent to the first network device through an RRC message or MAC CE, etc., to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send the first positioning request to the first network device through SDT.
  • Event report eliminates the need for terminal equipment to support SDT capabilities, reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device sends the first SRS to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the first SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration reserved by the first network device.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the first positioning request to the first network device, after receiving the first In the case of a reply to the first positioning request sent by the network device, the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration reserved by the first network device.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier, and is used to respond to the first positioning request, reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device, and indicate The terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, and to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can be instructed to follow the first SRS reserved for it.
  • the resource sends the first SRS, which saves the signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay.
  • the first delay value is used to instruct the terminal device to, after receiving the first delay time of the reply to the first positioning request, proceed according to the reservation for the first network device.
  • the first SRS is sent from the first SRS resource.
  • the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first positioning request reply can be sent through the second message Msg2 in the four-step process of random access to the first network device, the fourth message Msg4 in the four-step process of random access to the first network device, The second message MsgB and other messages in the two-step random access process of the first network device receive the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.
  • the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device is received through the random access message, and the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved by the request, without the need for the first network device to send the first positioning request through dedicated signaling.
  • the configured SRS configuration is delivered to the terminal device, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device can also be received through early data transmission (EDT), preconfigured grant (configured grant), preconfigured uplink resources (PUR), etc. , the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the first network device measures the first SRS and obtains the positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the information required for sending the SRS configuration. It reduces the overhead and eliminates the need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device requests to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send an event report (event report) to the first network device through SDT, and thus there is no need for the terminal device to support SDT capability reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This positioning method is applied in the field of communication technology. The positioning method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the first network device sends a broadcast message, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration, and the terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration by receiving the broadcast message.
  • this step 800 is an optional step.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration by receiving messages such as multicast messages.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration through
  • the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration can be obtained through offline downloading, pre-configuration, etc., and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead. , improve positioning efficiency.
  • the first network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions.
  • the network access device can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above.
  • the network access device is used to execute the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device determines the first SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device determines the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier according to the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same PLMN as the terminal device, and may specifically be PCI.
  • PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell, and can also be other cell identities, such as NCGI.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first cell identity by detecting that the neighboring cells are in the PCI list of the same PLMN.
  • the terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request includes a first SRS configuration
  • the first positioning request is used to request the first network device to reserve a first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request also includes shortMAC-I, I-RNTI, and the above-mentioned first cell identifier.
  • shortMAC-I is used for authentication
  • I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side.
  • the function of the first cell identifier is similar to the first SRS configuration, and is used to request reservation of the corresponding first SRS resource, thereby The first SRS may be sent according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first positioning request may be sent to the first network device through an RRC message, a MAC CE message, or other messages.
  • the RRC message may specifically be a CCCH message or a DCCH message.
  • the first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device.
  • the third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device.
  • the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the third network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a core network device (such as a server, etc.). Specifically, it can be the AMF in Figure 2 above. Use In order to implement the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application, signaling overhead is reduced and positioning efficiency is improved.
  • the second positioning request includes the next generation interface application protocol identifier (first identification information) between the terminal device and the third network device, and the next generation interface application protocol identifier (first identification information) between the terminal device and the first network device. identification information), and one or more pieces of information from the terminal equipment's location information, the terminal equipment's cell identification, the first cell identification, and the first SRS configuration.
  • the second positioning request in the embodiment of the present application, it is used to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device There is no need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, so there is no need to require the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal device, and The positioning process is simplified and positioning efficiency is improved.
  • the second positioning request may be sent to the third network device through a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the first network device is supported to trigger the second positioning request and request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the third positioning request sent by the third network device.
  • the third positioning request includes the first SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.
  • the fourth network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a core network device (such as a server, etc.), and specifically it can be the LMF in Figure 2 above. Use In order to implement the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application, signaling overhead is reduced and positioning efficiency is improved.
  • the fourth network device sends a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.
  • the third network device after receiving the third positioning request reply sent by the fourth network device, the third network device sends a second positioning request reply to the first network device, instructing the first network device to position the terminal device.
  • the second positioning request reply may be sent by the third network device to the first network device, or may be sent by the third network device to the fourth network device and forwarded to the first network device via the fourth network device.
  • the application examples do not limit this.
  • the fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request sent by the fourth network device.
  • the first network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request reply to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request reply sent by the first network device.
  • the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.
  • the first positioning request reply indicates that the first network device satisfies the positioning request of the terminal device, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource for measuring the first SRS to obtain the positioning information of the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier, and is used to reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device in response to the first positioning request, And instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, and to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can be instructed to follow the first SRS reserved for it.
  • the resource sends the first SRS, which saves the signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request reply also includes a first delay, which is used to instruct the terminal device to wait for the first time after receiving the first positioning request reply when the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device. After the delay time, the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved for it.
  • the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.
  • the first positioning request may be sent through the second message Msg2 in the process of four-step random access to the first network device, the fourth message Msg4 in the process of four-step random access to the first network device, the third message Msg4 in the process of two-step random access.
  • the second message MsgB and other messages in a network device process are sent to the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device is received through the random access message, and the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved by the request, without the need for the first network device to send the first positioning request through dedicated signaling.
  • the configured SRS configuration is delivered to the terminal device, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.
  • S808a The terminal device sends the first SRS.
  • the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for the terminal device, and the first SRS is used for positioning.
  • the first network device measures the first SRS.
  • the fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives an uplink reference signal measurement request sent by the fourth network device.
  • the first network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement result report to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal measurement result report sent by the first network device.
  • steps S808b, S809, and S810 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • step S802 in the embodiment of the present application is similar to step S701 in the above-mentioned Figure 7
  • step S808a in the embodiment of the present application is similar to step S702 in the above-mentioned Figure 7
  • step S808b in the embodiment of the present application is similar to the step S701 in the above-mentioned figure.
  • Step S703 in 7 is similar.
  • Steps S800, S801, S803, S804, S805, S806, S807, S809, and S810 in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as modifications or supplements of the steps in Figure 7 above.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This positioning method is applied in the field of communication technology.
  • the positioning method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • S900 Cell reselection occurs on the terminal device and is reselected from the second network device to the first network device.
  • the first network device sends a broadcast message, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the broadcast message.
  • the terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device.
  • the first network device sends the first message to the second network device, and accordingly, the second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device satisfies the cell reselection condition, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. After the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the first network device sends the first positioning request to the second network device. The message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the first network device when cell reselection occurs, the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, requesting to obtain the context information of the terminal device, which can ensure the continuity of positioning services in the case of cell reselection. and stability, requesting the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead. , improve positioning efficiency.
  • the first network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above.
  • the network access device is used to execute the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.
  • the second network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above.
  • the network access device is used to execute the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.
  • the first network device is the current serving network device (current serving base station), and the second network device is the old serving network device (old serving base station).
  • S904 The second network device sends the second message to the first network device, and accordingly, the first network device receives the second message sent by the second network device.
  • the second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the second network device when cell reselection occurs, sends a second message to the first network device after receiving the first message sent by the first network device.
  • the second message includes the context of the terminal device.
  • Information can ensure the continuity and stability of the positioning service in the case of cell reselection, and the second network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.
  • the second network device sends the third message to the fourth network device, and accordingly, the fourth network device receives the third message sent by the second network device.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it is reselected from the second network device to the first network device, the second network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, and the second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, Used to notify the fourth network device that the second network device has stopped reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the fourth network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a core network device (such as a server, etc.), and specifically it can be the LMF in Figure 2 above. Use In order to implement the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application, signaling overhead is reduced and positioning efficiency is improved.
  • the fourth network device sends a fourth message to the second network device, and accordingly, the second network device receives the fourth message sent by the fourth network device.
  • the second network device receives the fourth message sent by the fourth network device and stops measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the second network device when cell reselection occurs, the second network device can promptly stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device and stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.
  • the first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device.
  • the third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device.
  • the third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the third positioning request sent by the third network device.
  • the fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request sent by the fourth network device.
  • the first network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request reply to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request reply sent by the first network device.
  • the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.
  • S912a The terminal device sends the first SRS.
  • step S808a It is similar to the above step S808a and will not be described again here.
  • the first network device measures the first SRS.
  • the fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement request to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the uplink reference signal measurement request sent by the fourth network device.
  • S914 The first network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement result report to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal measurement result report sent by the first network device.
  • steps S903, S904, S905, and S906 in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as supplements or modifications of the steps in the above-mentioned Figure 7 or Figure 8.
  • Other steps in the embodiment of the present application are the same as those in the above-mentioned Figure 7 or Figure 8.
  • the steps in 8 are similar and their corresponding relationships have been explained, so they will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 100 may include a transceiver unit 1001 and a processing unit 1002 .
  • the transceiver unit 1001 and the processing unit 1002 may be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 can implement a sending function and/or a receiving function, and the transceiver unit 1001 can also be described as a communication unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 may also be a unit that integrates an acquisition unit and a sending unit, where the acquisition unit is used to implement the receiving function and the sending unit is used to implement the sending function.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 can be used to receive information sent by other devices, and can also be used to send information to other devices.
  • the communication device 100 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 .
  • the communication device 100 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is to implement the above FIGS. 7 to 9 respectively. Operations performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in 9. Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
  • Transceiver unit 1001 configured to send a first positioning request to a first network device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding The first SRS resource;
  • the processing unit 1002 is configured to configure the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS and send the first SRS through the transceiver unit 1001, where the first SRS is used for positioning.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is also used to obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration;
  • the processing unit 1002 is further configured to determine the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, where the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the communication device.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • the processing unit 1002 is further configured to, upon receiving a first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, use the transceiver unit 1001 according to the first SRS resource.
  • the first SRS is sent, and the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the communication device to send the first SRS.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the communication device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the communication device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps.
  • the communication device uses the fourth message Msg4 in the process of randomly accessing the first network device through four steps, and the communication device uses the second message MsgB in the process of randomly accessing the first network device in two steps.
  • the communication device 100 may correspond to the first network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 .
  • the communication device 100 may be the first network device or the first network device. Chips in the first network equipment.
  • the communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the first network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the above FIG. 7 to the operations performed by the first network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is configured to receive a first positioning request sent by a terminal device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request to reserve a location corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • First SRS resources ;
  • the processing unit 1002 is configured to measure the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a correspondence between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device, where the correspondence is used to determine the first SRS configuration, and the third An SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS. .
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps; The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device in two steps.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a first message to a second network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and to request the second network device.
  • the network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a second positioning request to a third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and One or more of the following: the location information of the terminal device, the cell identity of the terminal device, the first cell identity, and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the third network equipment
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device.
  • Generation interface application protocol identifier included in the first identification information.
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to receive a second positioning request reply from the third network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device. .
  • the communication device 100 may correspond to the second network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , for example, the communication device 100 may be a second network device or a second network device.
  • the communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the second network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the operations shown in FIG. 9 . Operations performed by the second network device in the method embodiment. Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
  • Transceiver unit 1001 configured to receive a first message sent by a first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of a terminal device and request the communication device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is also configured to send a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a third message to a fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to receive a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the communication device 100 may correspond to the third network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 .
  • the communication device 100 may be a third network device, or it may be a third network device. Chips in third network equipment.
  • the communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the third network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the above FIG. 8 to the operations performed by the third network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is configured to receive a second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is configured to send a third positioning request to a fourth network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS.
  • the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration
  • the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS.
  • Configure a corresponding first SRS resource where the first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment.
  • Generation interface application protocol identifier included in the first identification information.
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.
  • the communication device 100 may correspond to the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 above.
  • the fourth network device such as the communication device 100, may be a fourth network device or a chip in the fourth network device.
  • the communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the fourth network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the above FIG. 8 To the operations performed by the fourth network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the descriptions of each unit are as follows:
  • Transceiver unit 1001 configured to receive a third positioning request sent by a third network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration.
  • the corresponding first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is also configured to receive a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • each unit in the device shown in Figure 10 can be separately or entirely combined into one or several additional units, or one (some) of the units can be further split into functionally more advanced units. It is composed of multiple small units, which can achieve the same operation without affecting the realization of the technical effects of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the above units are divided based on logical functions. In practical applications, the function of one unit can also be realized by multiple units, or the functions of multiple units can be realized by one unit. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also include other units. In practical applications, these functions may also be implemented with the assistance of other units, and may be implemented by multiple units in cooperation.
  • each unit may also refer to the corresponding descriptions of the method embodiments shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9.
  • the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through the positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the need to send the SRS configuration.
  • Required signaling overhead and there is no need for the first network device to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.
  • the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for Terminal equipment is required to support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 110 shown in FIG. 11 is only an example.
  • the communication device in the embodiment of the present application may also include other components, or components with similar functions to the components in FIG. 11 , or is not intended to include the components in FIG. 11 All parts.
  • the communication device 110 includes a communication interface 1101 and at least one processor 1102 .
  • the communication device 110 may correspond to any network element or device among terminal equipment, first network equipment, second network equipment, third network equipment, and fourth network equipment.
  • the communication interface 1101 is used to send and receive signals, and at least one processor 1102 executes program instructions, so that the communication device 110 implements the corresponding process of the method executed by the corresponding device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 110 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 , for example, the communication device 110 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. .
  • the communication device 110 may include components for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively intended to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The details can be as follows:
  • the terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device.
  • the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request is used to request to reserve a first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resource;
  • the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first SRS used for positioning.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration
  • the terminal device determines the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, and the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.
  • sending the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration includes:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, it sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource, and the first positioning request reply is used to indicate to the terminal device Send the first SRS.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps.
  • the communication device 110 may correspond to the first network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 .
  • the communication device 110 may be the first network device or the first network device. Chips in the first network equipment.
  • the communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:
  • the first network device receives a first positioning request sent by the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration.
  • the first positioning request is used to request to reserve the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the first network device measures the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration to obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a corresponding relationship between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device.
  • the corresponding relationship is used to determine the first SRS configuration.
  • the first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. .
  • the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.
  • the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: Radio Resource Control Controls RRC messages and media access control layer control elements MAC CE.
  • the method before measuring the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS.
  • the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.
  • the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply.
  • the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps.
  • the method after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. .
  • the method after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:
  • the first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the next generation interface application protocol identifier is the next generation interface application protocol identifier
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first network device receives a second positioning request reply from the third network device, and the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.
  • the communication device 110 may correspond to the second network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
  • the communication device 110 may be a second network device or a second network device.
  • the communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed.
  • the details can be as follows:
  • the second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the second network device receives a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the communication device 110 may correspond to the third network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 .
  • the communication device 110 may be a third network device, or may be a third network device. Chips in third network equipment.
  • the communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the third network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the third network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:
  • the third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;
  • the third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding
  • the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.
  • the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;
  • the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device
  • the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the next generation interface application protocol identifier is the next generation interface application protocol identifier
  • the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third device sends a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to be positioned.
  • the communication device 110 may correspond to the fourth network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 .
  • the communication device 110 may be the fourth network device, or it may be Chips in fourth network equipment.
  • the communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the fourth network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the fourth network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:
  • the fourth network device receives a third positioning request sent by the third network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request to reserve the SRS configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration.
  • the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;
  • the fourth network device sends a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth network device receives a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;
  • the fourth network device sends a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first through a positioning request.
  • a network device requests to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration, and does not require the first network device to deliver the SRS to the terminal device every time it is positioned. configuration, improves positioning efficiency, and the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip 120 includes a processor 1201 and an interface 1202.
  • the number of processors 1201 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1202 may be multiple. It should be noted that the corresponding functions of the processor 1201 and the interface 1202 can be realized through hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which are not limited here.
  • the chip 120 may also include a memory 1203, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
  • the processor 1201 may be used to call the communication method provided by one or more embodiments of this application from the memory 1203 on the terminal device, the first network device, the second network device, the third network device, and the fourth network device. Implement the program for one or more devices or network elements and execute the instructions contained in the program.
  • the interface 1202 may be used to output execution results of the processor 1201. In this application, the interface 1202 may be specifically used to output various messages or information from the processor 1201.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU).
  • the processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application is used to provide storage space, and data such as operating systems and computer programs can be stored in the storage space.
  • Memory includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable Read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM).
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the above-mentioned computer program product includes a computer program.
  • the above-mentioned computer program is run on a processor, the above-mentioned Figures 7, 8 and 8 can be realized.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a system that includes at least one communication device 100 or communication device 110 or chip 120 as described above, for executing the steps performed by the corresponding device in any of the embodiments of FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9. step.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the above processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a general processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • the independent hardware component can also be a system on chip (SoC), a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or digital signal processing.
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • the circuit digital signal processor, DSP
  • DSP can also be a microcontroller unit (micro controller unit, MCU), a programmable logic device (PLD), or other integrated chips.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks, SSD)) etc.
  • magnetic media e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes
  • optical media e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)
  • DVD digital video discs
  • semiconductor media e.g., solid state disks, SSD
  • the units in each of the above device embodiments correspond completely to the electronic equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units perform corresponding steps.
  • the communication unit transmits the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiments, except for sending.
  • other steps besides receiving may be performed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the processing unit processor
  • the electronic device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps or operations are only examples. The embodiments of the present application can also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and may not be implemented in the embodiments of the present application. All operations in the example.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications. Disclosed in the present application are a positioning method and a related apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device sends a first positioning request to a first network device, the first positioning request comprising a first sounding reference signal (SRS) configuration, and the first positioning request being used for requesting reservation of a first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration; and the terminal device sends a first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, the first SRS being used for positioning. In the present method, the required SRS configuration is sent to the first network device by means of the positioning request so as to request reservation of the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, thus saving signaling overheads required for issuing an SRS configuration; in addition, the first network device does not need to issue an SRS configuration to the terminal device every time positioning is performed, thus improving the positioning efficiency.

Description

一种定位方法及相关装置A positioning method and related device

本申请要求于2022年5月17日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210536954.9、申请名称为“一种定位方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on May 17, 2022, with the application number 202210536954.9 and the application title "A positioning method and related devices", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. .

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种定位方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a positioning method and related devices.

背景技术Background technique

一般的,在对终端设备进行上行定位时,基站需要通过专有信令将配置的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)配置下发给终端设备,使得终端设备根据接收到的SRS配置发送SRS,从而通过测量SRS实现终端设备的上行定位。Generally, when performing uplink positioning of a terminal device, the base station needs to deliver the configured sounding reference signal (SRS) configuration to the terminal device through proprietary signaling, so that the terminal device sends SRS according to the received SRS configuration. , thereby achieving uplink positioning of the terminal equipment by measuring SRS.

但是,上述对终端设备进行上行定位的方法中,下发SRS配置所需的信令开销与需要定位的终端设备的数量成正比,信令开销较大,且每次定位都需要向终端设备下发SRS配置,定位效率较低。However, in the above method of uplink positioning of terminal equipment, the signaling overhead required to deliver SRS configuration is proportional to the number of terminal devices that need to be positioned. The signaling overhead is large, and each positioning needs to be downloaded to the terminal device. If the SRS configuration is sent, the positioning efficiency is low.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法及相关装置,可以减少信令开销,提高定位效率。Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method and related devices, which can reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,该方法包括:In a first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:

终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device. The first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration. The first positioning request is used to request to reserve a first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resource;

所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,所述第一SRS用于定位。The terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first SRS is used for positioning.

本申请实施例中,提供了一种定位方法,终端设备向第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求中包括第一SRS配置,请求预留该第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,从而可以根据该第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,用于测量得到终端设备的定位信息。目前的定位方法中,第一网络设备需要通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,信令开销较大,且每次定位都需要向终端设备下发SRS配置,定位效率较低。本申请实施例中,终端设备通过定位请求将所需的SRS配置发送给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率。此外,目前的定位方法中,处于非激活态的终端设备需要支持小数据传输SDT能力,向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),以请求对终端设备进行定位。本申请实施例中,终端设备通过发送第一定位请求,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a positioning method is provided. The first positioning request sent by the terminal device to the first network device includes the first SRS configuration and requests to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, so that the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration can be reserved. The first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, for measuring and obtaining the positioning information of the terminal device. In the current positioning method, the first network device needs to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through proprietary signaling. The signaling overhead is large, and each positioning needs to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device, and the positioning efficiency is relatively low. Low. In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the signaling required for issuing the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency. In addition, in the current positioning method, the terminal device in the inactive state needs to support the small data transmission SDT capability and send an event report (event report) to the first network device to request positioning of the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends a first positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send an event report to the first network device through SDT, so there is no need to request Terminal equipment must support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述终端设备获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系;The terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration;

所述终端设备根据第一小区标识和所述对应关系,确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS 配置包括所述第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The terminal device determines the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship. The first SRS The configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种确定第一SRS配置的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,终端设备可以通过广播消息、组播消息、离线下载等多种方式获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,并根据小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,确定第一小区标识对应的第一SRS配置。通过本申请实施例,终端设备根据小区标识确定与其对应的SRS配置,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of this application, a possible specific implementation method for determining the first SRS configuration is provided. Specifically, the terminal device can obtain the cell identity and SRS configuration through broadcast messages, multicast messages, offline downloads, and other methods. Correspondence relationship, and according to the correspondence relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration, determine the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. Through the embodiments of this application, the terminal device determines the corresponding SRS configuration according to the cell identifier. There is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, which can save the signaling required to deliver the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第一小区标识的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一小区标识包括与终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识,具体可以是物理小区标识PCI,PCI是小区中基站发送参考信号中携带的小区标识,也可以是其他的小区标识,比如新空口小区全局标识符NCGI等。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of obtaining the first cell identity is provided. Specifically, the first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device. Specifically, it may be a physical cell identity. PCI, PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell. It can also be other cell identities, such as the new air interface cell global identifier NCGI, etc.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第一定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识,其中,shortMAC-I用于鉴权,I-RNTI用于识别存储在网络侧的SRS配置,第一小区标识的功能与第一SRS配置类似,用于请求预留对应的第一SRS资源,从而可以根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of obtaining the first positioning request is provided. Specifically, the first positioning request also includes a short media access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I. Inactive wireless The network temporary identifier I-RNTI, and the first cell identifier, where shortMAC-I is used for authentication, and I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side. The function of the first cell identifier is related to the first SRS configuration. Similarly, it is used to request to reserve the corresponding first SRS resource, so that the first SRS can be sent according to the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以通过无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE等消息向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,其中,RRC消息具体可以是公用控制信道CCCH消息或专有控制信道DCCH消息等。本申请实施例中,通过RRC消息或MAC CE等将第一定位请求发给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of this application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending the first positioning request is provided. Specifically, the first network device can be sent to the first network device through a radio resource control RRC message, a media access control layer control element MAC CE and other messages. Send a first positioning request, where the RRC message may be a common control channel CCCH message or a dedicated control channel DCCH message, or the like. In the embodiment of this application, the first positioning request is sent to the first network device through an RRC message or MAC CE to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send the first positioning request to the first network device through SDT. Event report (event report) eliminates the need for terminal equipment to support SDT capabilities, reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,包括:In a possible implementation, sending the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration includes:

所述终端设备在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,根据所述第一SRS资源发送所述第一SRS,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, it sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource, and the first positioning request reply is used to indicate to the terminal device Send the first SRS.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一SRS的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,终端设备在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,该第一定位请求回复指示第一网络设备满足终端设备的定位请求,从而终端设备根据第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,用于测量第一SRS得到终端设备的定位信息。通过本申请实施例,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,终端设备在接收到第一定位请求回复的情况下,可以通过请求预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending the first SRS is provided. Specifically, when the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, the first positioning request The reply indicates that the first network device satisfies the positioning request of the terminal device, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource for measuring the first SRS to obtain the positioning information of the terminal device. Through the embodiments of this application, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling. When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply, it can request the reserved first SRS Resource sends the first SRS, saving signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS 资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resources, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第一定位请求回复的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一定位请求回复包括第一SRS资源、第一SRS配置、第一小区标识中的一项或多项,其功能类似,用于响应第一定位请求,为终端设备预留第一SRS资源,并指示终端设备根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。通过本申请实施例,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,可以指示终端设备根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,节省了下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of obtaining the first positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, the first positioning request reply includes one of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier. One or more items have similar functions and are used to respond to the first positioning request, reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device, and instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource. Through the embodiments of this application, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, and to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device. The terminal device can be instructed to follow the first SRS reserved for it. The resource sends the first SRS, which saves the signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第一定位请求回复的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,用于指示终端设备在接收到该第一定位请求回复的第一时延时间之后,再根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。通过本申请实施例,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,利用第一时延,可以避免终端设备可能重复多次发起定位请求的问题,节省了信令开销,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of obtaining the first positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, the first positioning request reply also includes a first delay. When the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning of the terminal device, In the case of a request, it is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for the terminal device after receiving the first delay time of the reply to the first positioning request. Through the embodiments of the present application, when the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps. The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in two steps.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种接收第一定位请求回复的可能的实施方式,具体为,可以通过四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、两步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB等消息接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复。本申请实施例中,通过随机接入消息接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复,根据请求预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,而无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of this application, a possible implementation method of receiving a first positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, the second message Msg2 and the four-step random access process in the four-step random access process of the first network device can be used. The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the first network device, the second message MsgB in the process of two-step random access to the first network device and other messages receive the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device is received through the random access message, and the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved by the request, without the need for the first network device to send the first positioning request through dedicated signaling. The configured SRS configuration is delivered to the terminal device, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.

第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:

第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The first network device receives a first positioning request sent by the terminal device. The first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration. The first positioning request is used to request to reserve the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration. SRS resources;

所述第一网络设备测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS,得到所述终端设备的定位测量信息。The first network device measures the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration to obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.

本申请实施例中,提供了一种定位方法,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求中包括第一SRS配置,请求第一网络设备预留该第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,从而终端设备可以根据该第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,第一网络设备可以对终端设备发送的第一SRS进行测量,得到终端设备的定位信息。目前的定位方法中,第一网络设备需要通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,信令开销较大,且每次定位都需要向终端设备下发SRS配置,定位效率较低。本申请实施例中,第一网络设备通过接收包括第一SRS配置的第一定位请求,为终端设备预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率。此外,目前的定位方法中,处于非激活态的终端设备需要支持小数据传输SDT能力,向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),以请求对终端设备进行定位。本申 请实施例中,第一网络设备通过接收终端设备发送的包括第一SRS配置的第一定位请求,为终端设备预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,无需终端设备再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a positioning method is provided. The first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device and includes the first SRS configuration, and requests the first network device to reserve the first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resources, so that the terminal device can send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first network device can measure the first SRS sent by the terminal device to obtain the positioning information of the terminal device. In the current positioning method, the first network device needs to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through proprietary signaling. The signaling overhead is large, and each positioning needs to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device, and the positioning efficiency is relatively low. Low. In the embodiment of the present application, the first network device reserves the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration for the terminal device by receiving the first positioning request including the first SRS configuration, thereby saving the signaling required to deliver the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency. In addition, in the current positioning method, the terminal device in the inactive state needs to support the small data transmission SDT capability and send an event report to the first network device to request positioning of the terminal device. This application In this embodiment, the first network device reserves the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration for the terminal device by receiving the first positioning request including the first SRS configuration sent by the terminal device, without the need for the terminal device to send a request to the third SRS configuration through SDT. A network device sends an event report, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,所述对应关系用于确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The first network device sends a corresponding relationship between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device. The corresponding relationship is used to determine the first SRS configuration. The first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. .

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种确定第一SRS配置的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一网络设备可以通过广播消息、组播消息等多种方式发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,使得终端设备可以根据接收到的小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,确定第一小区标识对应的第一SRS配置。通过本申请实施例,第一网络设备发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,终端设备根据该对应关系确定与小区标识对应的SRS配置,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner for determining the first SRS configuration is provided. Specifically, the first network device can send the correspondence between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration through broadcast messages, multicast messages, etc. relationship, so that the terminal device can determine the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier according to the received correspondence relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration. Through the embodiments of this application, the first network device sends the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration, and the terminal device determines the SRS configuration corresponding to the cell identifier based on the corresponding relationship. There is no need for the first network device to configure the configured SRS through proprietary signaling. Delivering it to the terminal device can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration, and there is no need to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第一小区标识的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一小区标识包括与终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识,具体可以是物理小区标识PCI,PCI是小区中基站发送参考信号中携带的小区标识,也可以是其他的小区标识,比如新空口小区全局标识符NCGI等。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of obtaining the first cell identity is provided. Specifically, the first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device. Specifically, it may be a physical cell identity. PCI, PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell. It can also be other cell identities, such as the new air interface cell global identifier NCGI, etc.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第一定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识,其中,shortMAC-I用于鉴权,I-RNTI用于识别存储在网络侧的SRS配置,第一小区标识的功能与第一SRS配置类似,用于请求预留对应的第一SRS资源,从而可以根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation method of obtaining the first positioning request is provided. Specifically, the first positioning request also includes a short media access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I. Inactive wireless The network temporary identifier I-RNTI, and the first cell identifier, where shortMAC-I is used for authentication, and I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side. The function of the first cell identifier is related to the first SRS configuration. Similarly, it is used to request to reserve the corresponding first SRS resource, so that the first SRS can be sent according to the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以通过无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE等消息向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,其中,RRC消息具体可以是公用控制信道CCCH消息或专有控制信道DCCH消息等。本申请实施例中,通过RRC消息或MAC CE等将第一定位请求发给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of this application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending the first positioning request is provided. Specifically, the first network device can be sent to the first network device through a radio resource control RRC message, a media access control layer control element MAC CE and other messages. Send a first positioning request, where the RRC message may be a common control channel CCCH message or a dedicated control channel DCCH message, or the like. In the embodiment of this application, the first positioning request is sent to the first network device through an RRC message or MAC CE to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send the first positioning request to the first network device through SDT. Event report (event report) eliminates the need for terminal equipment to support SDT capabilities, reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, before measuring the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。The first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一定位请求回复的可能的具体实施方式,具体为, 第一网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的第一定位请求后,向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,该第一定位请求回复指示第一网络设备满足终端设备的定位请求,从而终端设备根据第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,第一网络设备对该第一SRS进行测量得到终端设备的定位信息。通过本申请实施例,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,终端设备在接收到第一定位请求回复的情况下,可以通过请求预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of this application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending a first positioning request reply is provided, specifically, After receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device. The first positioning request reply instructs the first network device to satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, so that the terminal device responds according to the first positioning request. An SRS resource sends a first SRS, and the first network device measures the first SRS to obtain positioning information of the terminal device. Through the embodiments of this application, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling. When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply, it can request the reserved first SRS Resource sends the first SRS, saving signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一定位请求回复的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一定位请求回复包括第一SRS资源、第一SRS配置、第一小区标识中的一项或多项,其功能类似,用于响应第一定位请求,为终端设备预留第一SRS资源,并指示终端设备根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。通过本申请实施例,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,可以指示终端设备根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,节省了下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending a first positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, the first positioning request reply includes one of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier. One or more items have similar functions and are used to respond to the first positioning request, reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device, and instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource. Through the embodiments of this application, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, and to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device. The terminal device can be instructed to follow the first SRS reserved for it. The resource sends the first SRS, which saves the signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一定位请求回复的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,用于指示终端设备在接收到该第一定位请求回复的第一时延时间之后,再根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。通过本申请实施例,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,利用第一时延,可以避免终端设备可能重复多次发起定位请求的问题,节省了信令开销,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending a first positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, the first positioning request reply also includes a first delay. When the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning of the terminal device, In the case of a request, it is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for the terminal device after receiving the first delay time of the reply to the first positioning request. Through the embodiments of the present application, when the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps. The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in two steps.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第一定位请求回复的可能的实施方式,具体为,第一网络设备可以通过四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、两步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB等消息向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复。本申请实施例中,第一网络设备通过随机接入消息向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,使得终端设备可以根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,而无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of this application, a possible implementation manner of sending a first positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, the first network device can randomly access the first network device through the second message Msg2 and the fourth message in four steps. The fourth message Msg4 in the process of random access to the first network device in one step, the second message MsgB in the process of random access to the first network device in two steps and other messages are used to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device. In this embodiment of the present application, the first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device through a random access message, so that the terminal device can send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for it without the first network device. Delivering the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源。The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. .

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种小区重选的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,终端设备在满足小区重选条件后,从第二网络设备重选到第一网络设备,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求后,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源。通过本申请实施例,在发 生小区重选的情况下,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,请求获取终端设备的上下文信息,可以保证在小区重选情况下定位业务的连续性和稳定性,请求第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,可以实现资源的有效利用,提高资源利用率。In the embodiment of this application, a possible specific implementation of cell reselection is provided. Specifically, after the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. After the device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the first network device sends a first message to the second network device for requesting context information of the terminal device and requesting the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. Through the embodiment of this application, in developing In the case of cell reselection, the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, requesting to obtain the context information of the terminal device, which can ensure the continuity and stability of the positioning service in the case of cell reselection, and requests the second network device to obtain the context information of the terminal device. Network equipment stops reserving SRS resources for terminal equipment, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第二定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第一定位请求后,向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,用于请求对终端设备进行定位。通过本申请实施例,第一网络设备向第三网络设备发起第二定位请求,用于请求对终端设备进行定位,无需终端设备再通过SDT发起定位请求,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending a second positioning request is provided. Specifically, after the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, it sends the second positioning request to the third network device. Positioning request, used to request positioning of the terminal device. Through the embodiments of this application, the first network device initiates a second positioning request to the third network device to request positioning of the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, so there is no need to require the terminal device to support SDT capabilities. The complexity of the terminal equipment is reduced, the positioning process is simplified, and the positioning efficiency is improved.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device. The next generation interface application protocol identifier.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种获取第二定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第二定位请求包括终端设备与第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识(第一标识信息),终端设备与第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识(第二标识信息),以及终端设备的位置信息、终端设备的小区标识、第一小区标识、第一SRS配置中的一项或多项信息。通过本申请实施例中的第二定位请求,用于请求对终端设备进行定位,无需终端设备再通过SDT发起定位请求,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of obtaining the second positioning request is provided. Specifically, the second positioning request includes the next generation interface application protocol identifier (first generation interface application protocol identifier) between the terminal device and the third network device. identification information), the next generation interface application protocol identification (second identification information) between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment, as well as the location information of the terminal equipment, the cell identification of the terminal equipment, the first cell identification, and the first SRS configuration one or more pieces of information. Through the second positioning request in the embodiment of the present application, it is used to request positioning of the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, so there is no need to require the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal device, and The positioning process is simplified and positioning efficiency is improved.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种发送第二定位请求的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,可以通过下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求。通过本申请实施例中的NG-AP消息,支持第一网络设备触发第二定位请求,请求对终端设备进行定位,从而无需终端设备再通过SDT发起定位请求,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of sending a second positioning request is provided. Specifically, the second positioning request can be sent to a third network device through a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message. Through the NG-AP message in the embodiment of the present application, the first network device is supported to trigger the second positioning request and request positioning of the terminal device, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, and thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities. , reducing the complexity of the terminal equipment, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after sending the second positioning request to the third network device, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第三网络设备的第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device receives a second positioning request reply from the third network device, and the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种接收第二定位请求回复的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求后,接收来自第三网络设备的第二定位请求回复,指示对终端设备进行定位,该第二定位请求回复可以是第三网络设备发送给第一网络设备,也可以是第三网络设备发送给第四网络设备,经由第四网络设备转发给第一网络设备。通过本申请实施例,第一网络设备可以根据接收到的第二定位请求回复,对终端设备进行定 位。In the embodiment of the present application, a possible specific implementation manner of receiving a second positioning request reply is provided. Specifically, after the first network device sends the second positioning request to the third network device, it receives the second positioning request from the third network device. The second positioning request reply indicates positioning of the terminal device. The second positioning request reply may be sent by the third network device to the first network device, or may be sent by the third network device to the fourth network device via the fourth network. The device forwards it to the first network device. Through the embodiment of the present application, the first network device can position the terminal device according to the received second positioning request reply. Bit.

第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,该方法包括:In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:

第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;The second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。The second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.

本申请实施例中,提供了一种定位方法,终端设备在满足小区重选条件后,从第二网络设备重选到第一网络设备,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求后,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,相应的,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息,该第一消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括终端设备的上下文信息。通过本申请实施例,在发生小区重选的情况下,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息后,向第一网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括终端设备的上下文信息,可以保证在小区重选情况下定位业务的连续性和稳定性,并且第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,可以实现资源的有效利用,提高资源利用率。In the embodiment of the present application, a positioning method is provided. After the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. After the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, , the first network device sends a first message to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device. The first message is used to request context information of the terminal device, and to request the second The network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, and the second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device. Through the embodiment of the present application, when cell reselection occurs, the second network device sends a second message to the first network device after receiving the first message sent by the first network device. The second message includes the context of the terminal device. Information can ensure the continuity and stability of the positioning service in the case of cell reselection, and the second network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;The second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述第二网络设备接收所述第四网络设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The second network device receives a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,提供了一种定位方法的可能的具体实施方式,具体为,终端设备在满足小区重选条件后,从第二网络设备重选到第一网络设备,第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三消息,用于告知第四网络设备,第二网络设备已停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,第二网络设备接收第四网络设备发送的第四消息,停止测量终端设备发送的SRS。通过本申请实施例,在发生小区重选的情况下,第二网络设备可以及时停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,以及停止测量终端设备发送的SRS,可以实现资源的有效利用,提高资源利用率。In the embodiment of this application, a possible specific implementation of a positioning method is provided. Specifically, after the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. The second network device Stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. The second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device to inform the fourth network device that the second network device has stopped reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. The second network device receives The fourth message sent by the fourth network device is to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device. Through the embodiments of this application, when cell reselection occurs, the second network device can promptly stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device and stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization. .

第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,该方法包括:In the fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:

第三网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位;The third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;

所述第三网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding The first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。 Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device. The next generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第三设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。The third device sends a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to be positioned.

第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method, which method includes:

第四网络设备接收第三网络设备发送的第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置;The fourth network device receives a third positioning request sent by the third network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request to reserve the SRS configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration. The first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;

所述第四网络设备向所述第三网络设备发送第三定位请求回复,所述第三定位请求回复用于指示所述第一SRS资源。The fourth network device sends a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第四网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为终端设备预留SRS资源;The fourth network device receives a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述第四网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The fourth network device sends a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括用于执行如第一方面至第五方面任一方面中任一项所述方法的模块或单元。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which includes a module or unit for executing the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects.

在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:In a possible design, the communication device includes:

收发单元,用于向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;A transceiver unit configured to send a first positioning request to the first network device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request to reserve the SRS configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration. First SRS resources;

处理单元,用于根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,通过所述收发单元发送第一SRS,所述第一SRS用于定位。A processing unit configured to configure the corresponding first SRS resource according to the first SRS, and send the first SRS through the transceiver unit, where the first SRS is used for positioning.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is also used to obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration;

所述处理单元,还用于根据第一小区标识和所述对应关系,确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括所述第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The processing unit is further configured to determine the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, where the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述通信装置处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the communication device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理单元,还用于在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,根据所述第一SRS资源,通过所述收发单元发送所述第一SRS,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述通信装置发送所述第一SRS。In a possible implementation, the processing unit is further configured to, upon receiving a first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, send the location request through the transceiver unit according to the first SRS resource. The first SRS, the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the communication device to send the first SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述通信装置接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the communication device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述通 信装置通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述通信装置通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述通信装置通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the communication The second message Msg2 in the process of the communication device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps, the fourth message Msg4 in the process of the communication device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps, the communication device The second message MsgB is sent in a two-step random access process to the first network device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:In another possible design, the communication device includes:

收发单元,用于接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;A transceiver unit configured to receive a first positioning request sent by the terminal device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request reservation of the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration. 1. SRS resources;

处理单元,用于测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS,得到所述终端设备的定位测量信息。A processing unit configured to measure the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration to obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,所述对应关系用于确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a correspondence between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device, where the correspondence is used to determine the first SRS configuration. The SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述通信装置过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述通信装置过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述通信装置过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps; The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device in two steps.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向第二网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first message to a second network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and to request the second network device. The device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a second positioning request to a third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述通信装置之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the third network equipment, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device. Generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收来自所述第三网络设备的第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。 In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second positioning request reply from the third network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:In another possible design, the communication device includes:

收发单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述通信装置停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;A transceiver unit configured to receive a first message sent by a first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of a terminal device and request the communication device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述收发单元,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。The transceiver unit is also configured to send a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向第四网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a third message to a fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述收发单元,还用于接收所述第四网络设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:In another possible design, the communication device includes:

收发单元,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位;A transceiver unit configured to receive a second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;

所述收发单元,用于向第四网络设备发送第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The transceiver unit is configured to send a third positioning request to a fourth network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration. The corresponding first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述通信装置之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment. Generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to instruct positioning of the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:In another possible design, the communication device includes:

收发单元,用于接收第三网络设备发送的第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置;A transceiver unit configured to receive a third positioning request sent by a third network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding The first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;

所述收发单元,还用于向所述第三网络设备发送第三定位请求回复,所述第三定位请求回复用于指示所述第一SRS资源。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为终端设备预留SRS资源;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述收发单元,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The transceiver unit is further configured to send a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

关于第六方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对应于第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought by the sixth aspect and any possible implementation, reference may be made to the introduction corresponding to the technical effects of any one of the first to fifth aspects and the corresponding implementation.

第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor. The processor is coupled to a memory and may be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement any one of the above first to fifth aspects and the method of any possible implementation. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.

第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括:逻辑电路和通信接口。所述通信 接口,用于接收信息或者发送信息;所述逻辑电路,用于通过所述通信接口接收信息或者发送信息,使得所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including: a logic circuit and a communication interface. said communication The interface is used to receive information or send information; the logic circuit is used to receive information or send information through the communication interface, so that the communication device performs any one of the above first to fifth aspects and any possibility method of implementation.

第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令);当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法被实现。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium being used to store a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run on a computer When, the method of any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects and any possible implementation is realized.

第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令);当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。In a tenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes: a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction); when the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first step. The method of any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect and any possible implementation.

第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行指令,当该处理器执行所述指令时,使得该芯片执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式的方法。可选的,该芯片还包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收信号或发送信号。In an eleventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a chip. The chip includes a processor. The processor is configured to execute instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the chip performs the above first to fifth aspects. Methods of any aspect and any possible embodiment. Optionally, the chip also includes a communication interface, which is used to receive signals or send signals.

第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括至少一个如第六方面所述的通信装置,或第七方面所述的通信装置,或第八方面所述的通信装置,或第十一方面所述的芯片。In a twelfth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, which includes at least one communication device as described in the sixth aspect, or a communication device as described in the seventh aspect, or a communication device as described in the eighth aspect. device, or the chip according to the eleventh aspect.

此外,在执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所述的方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送信息和/或接收信息等的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出信息的过程,和/或,处理器接收输入的信息的过程。在输出信息时,处理器可以将信息输出给收发器(或者通信接口、或发送模块),以便由收发器进行发射。信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的信息时,收发器(或者通信接口、或发送模块)接收信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该信息之后,该信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In addition, in the process of executing the method described in any one of the above first to fifth aspects and any possible implementation manner, the process of sending information and/or receiving information in the above method can be understood as The process by which a processor outputs information, and/or the process by which a processor receives input information. When outputting information, the processor may output the information to the transceiver (or communication interface, or transmitting module) for transmission by the transceiver. After the information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives input information, the transceiver (or communication interface, or sending module) receives the information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the information, the information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.

基于上述原理,举例来说,前述方法中提及的发送信息可以理解为处理器输出信息。又例如,接收信息可以理解为处理器接收输入的信息。Based on the above principles, for example, the sending information mentioned in the foregoing method can be understood as processor output information. For another example, receiving information can be understood as the processor receiving input information.

可选的,对于处理器所涉及的发射、发送和接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作。Optional, if there is no special explanation for the transmitting, sending and receiving operations involved in the processor, or if it does not conflict with its actual role or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood more generally as Processor output and receive, input and other operations.

可选的,在执行上述第一方面至第五方面任一方面以及任一项可能的实施方式所述的方法的过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是通过执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。Optionally, in the process of executing the method described in any one of the above first to fifth aspects and any possible implementation manner, the above processor may be a processor specially used to execute these methods, or may be A processor, such as a general-purpose processor, that performs these methods by executing computer instructions in memory. The above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which can be integrated on the same chip as the processor, or can be separately provided on different chips. This application The embodiment does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.

在一种可能的实施方式中,上述至少一个存储器位于装置之外。In a possible implementation, the above-mentioned at least one memory is located outside the device.

在又一种可能的实施方式中,上述至少一个存储器位于装置之内。In another possible implementation, the above-mentioned at least one memory is located within the device.

在又一种可能的实施方式之中,上述至少一个存储器的部分存储器位于装置之内,另一部分存储器位于装置之外。In yet another possible implementation, part of the at least one memory is located within the device, and another part of the memory is located outside the device.

本申请中,处理器和存储器还可能集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。In this application, the processor and the memory may also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory may also be integrated together.

本申请实施例中,终端设备通过定位请求将所需的SRS配置发送给第一网络设备,以请 求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要第一网络设备向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率,终端设备也无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request to request Reserving the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration. Moreover, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device every time positioning is performed, which improves positioning. Efficiency, the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.

附图说明Description of the drawings

为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面所描述的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, the drawings required to be used in the embodiments of the present application will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application. Those of ordinary skill in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without exerting creative efforts.

图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种基于无线通信系统的定位架构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture based on a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备状态切换示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of terminal equipment state switching provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的RRC连接恢复流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the RRC connection recovery process of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种基于定位的通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning-based communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种定位方法的流程示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的流程示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.

本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备等,没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元等,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备等固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the description, claims and drawings of this application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than describing a specific sequence. Furthermore, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or equipment that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optional It also includes other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.

在本文中提及的“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员可以显式地和隐式地理解的是,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,各个实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。Reference herein to "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Those skilled in the art can understand explicitly and implicitly that in the various embodiments of the present application, if there are no special instructions and logical conflicts, the terminology and/or descriptions between the various embodiments are consistent, and can By referencing each other, technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments based on their inherent logical relationships.

应当理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种 “或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that in this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, "plurality" refers to two or more, and "at least two (items)" refers to two or three and three or more, "and/or" is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A exists at the same time. and B, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related object is a "or" relationship. “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c" ”, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.

本申请提供的方法可以应用于各类通信系统,例如,可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(narrow band internet of things,NB-IoT)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,也可以是第五代(5th-generation,5G)通信系统,以及未来通信发展中出现的新的通信系统(如6G)等。The method provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, it can be an Internet of things (IoT) system, a narrowband Internet of things (NB-IoT) system, a long term evolution (long term evolution) , LTE) system, it can also be the fifth generation (5th-generation, 5G) communication system, and new communication systems (such as 6G) that will appear in future communication development.

本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(device-todevice,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车与任何事物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X,X可以代表任何事物),例如,该V2X可以包括:车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等。示例性的,下文示出的图1或图2中,终端设备与终端设备之间便可以通过D2D技术、M2M技术或V2X技术通信等。The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), and device-to-device (D2D) networks. , machine to machine (M2M) network, Internet of things (IoT) network or other networks. Among them, the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively called vehicle-to-everything (V2X, X can represent anything). For example, the V2X can include: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, Vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc. For example, in Figure 1 or Figure 2 shown below, the terminal equipment can communicate with each other through D2D technology, M2M technology or V2X technology.

请参阅图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图。Please refer to Figure 1. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括至少一个接入网设备以及至少一个终端设备。As shown in Figure 1, the communication system may include at least one access network device and at least one terminal device.

对于接入网设备和终端设备的介绍分别如下所示:The introduction to access network equipment and terminal equipment is as follows:

示例性的,接入网设备可以是下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)、下一代演进型基站(next generation evolved nodeB,ng-eNB)、或者未来6G通信中的接入网设备等。接入网设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,包括但不限于以上所示的基站。该基站还可以是未来通信系统如第六代通信系统中的基站。可选的,该接入网设备可以为无线局域网(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点等。可选的,该接入网设备可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。可选的,该接入网设备可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备等。可选的,该接入网设备还可以是小站,传输接收节点(transmission reception point,TRP)(或也可以称为传输点)等。可理解,该接入网设备还可以是未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的基站等等。For example, the access network equipment may be the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), the next generation evolved base station (next generation evolved nodeB, ng-eNB), or the access network equipment in future 6G communications, etc. . The access network device can be any device with wireless transceiver functions, including but not limited to the base stations shown above. The base station may also be a base station in a future communication system such as a sixth generation communication system. Optionally, the access network device can be an access node, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, etc. in a wireless LAN (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system. Optionally, the access network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario. Optionally, the access network device may be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device. Optionally, the access network device can also be a small station, a transmission reception point (TRP) (or it can also be called a transmission point), etc. It is understandable that the access network equipment can also be a base station in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.

在一些部署中,基站(如gNB)可以由集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)构成。即对接入网中的基站的功能进行拆分,将基站的部分功能部署在一个CU,将剩余功能部署在DU。且多个DU共用一个CU,可以节省成本,以及易于网络扩展。在基站的另一些部署中,CU还可以划分为CU-控制面(control plane,CP)和CU-用户面(user plan,UP)等。在基站的又一些部署中,基站还可以是开放的无线接入网(open radio access network,ORAN)架构等等,本申请对于基站的具体类型不作限定。In some deployments, base stations (such as gNB) can be composed of centralized units (CU) and distributed units (DU). That is, the functions of the base station in the access network are split, some functions of the base station are deployed in a CU, and the remaining functions are deployed in a DU. And multiple DUs share one CU, which can save costs and facilitate network expansion. In other deployments of base stations, CU can also be divided into CU-control plane (CP) and CU-user plane (user plan, UP). In some deployments of base stations, the base stations may also be open radio access network (ORAN) architectures, etc. This application does not limit the specific type of base stations.

为便于描述,下文中将以接入网设备为基站为例,介绍本申请所涉及的方法。For ease of description, the following uses the access network device as a base station as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.

示例性的,该终端设备也可称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端等。终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上,如轮船上等;还可以部署在空中,例如部署在飞机、气球或卫星上等。终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制 (industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。可理解,该终端设备还可以是未来6G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备等。For example, the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (UE), terminal, etc. Terminal equipment is a device with wireless transceiver functions that can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water, such as on ships; it can also be deployed in the air, such as on On board an airplane, balloon or satellite, etc. The terminal device can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) terminal device, augmented reality (AR) terminal device, industrial control Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, and transportation safety wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. It is understandable that the terminal equipment may also be a terminal equipment in a future 6G network or a terminal equipment in a future evolved PLMN, etc.

可理解,本申请示出的终端设备不仅可以包括车联网中的车(如整车)、而且还可以包括车联网中的车载设备或车载终端等,本申请对于该终端设备应用于车联网时的具体形态不作限定。It can be understood that the terminal equipment shown in this application may not only include vehicles in the Internet of Vehicles (such as complete vehicles), but may also include vehicle-mounted equipment or vehicle-mounted terminals in the Internet of Vehicles, etc. This application will not apply to the terminal equipment when it is applied to the Internet of Vehicles. The specific form is not limited.

为便于描述,下文中将以终端设备为UE为例,介绍本申请所涉及的方法。For the convenience of description, the following takes the terminal device as a UE as an example to introduce the method involved in this application.

图1所示的通信系统中,包括一个基站和六个UE,如图1中的UE1至UE6。该通信系统中,基站可以向UE1至UE6发送配置信息或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)等下行信号,UE1至UE6可以向基站发送SRS或物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)等上行信号。可理解,对于UE之间的通信方式,可以参考上文的描述,这里不再详述。The communication system shown in Figure 1 includes one base station and six UEs, such as UE1 to UE6 in Figure 1 . In this communication system, the base station can send downlink signals such as configuration information or downlink control information (DCI) to UE1 to UE6, and UE1 to UE6 can send SRS or physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to the base station. Wait for the up signal. It can be understood that for the communication method between UEs, reference can be made to the above description, which will not be described in detail here.

应理解,图1示例性地示出了一个基站和六个UE,以及各通信设备之间的通信链路。可选地,该通信系统可以包括多个基站,并且每个基站的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的UE,例如更多或更少的UE等,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one base station and six UEs, as well as communication links between each communication device. Optionally, the communication system may include multiple base stations, and the coverage of each base station may include other numbers of UEs, such as more or less UEs, etc., which is not limited in this application.

上述各个通信设备,如图1中的基站、UE1至UE6,可以配置多个天线。该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线等,本申请实施例对于各个通信设备的具体结构不作限定。可选地,该通信系统还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。Each of the above communication devices, such as the base station and UE1 to UE6 in Figure 1, can be configured with multiple antennas. The multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific structure of each communication device. Optionally, the communication system may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

可理解,本申请提供的方法不仅可以应用于如图1所示的通信系统,还可以应用于如图2所示的通信系统。It can be understood that the method provided by this application can be applied not only to the communication system shown in Figure 1, but also to the communication system shown in Figure 2.

请参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种基于无线通信的定位架构示意图。Please refer to Figure 2, which is a schematic diagram of a positioning architecture based on wireless communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图2所示,该定位架构中主要包括:无线接入网络(radio access network,RAN)(如图1是以下一代RAN(next generation RAN,NG-RAN)为例示出的)、UE和核心网三部分。As shown in Figure 2, the positioning architecture mainly includes: radio access network (RAN) (Figure 1 takes next generation RAN (NG-RAN) as an example), UE and core Net three parts.

对于无线接入网络、UE和核心网的介绍分别如下所示:The introduction of wireless access network, UE and core network are as follows:

示例性的,核心网包括定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、服务定位协议(service location protocol,SLP)以及演进服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location centre,E-SMLC)。Exemplarily, the core network includes location management function (LMF), access and mobility management function (AMF), service location protocol (service location protocol, SLP) and evolved service mobile location Center (evolved serving mobile location centre, E-SMLC).

示例性的,LMF负责支持有关UE的不同类型的位置服务,包括对UE的定位和向UE传递辅助数据等。例如,LMF与基站之间通过新无线(new radio,NR)定位协议附加协议(NR positioning protocol annex,NRPPa)消息进行交互,从而获取定位参考信号(positioning reference signals,PRS)、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)配置信息、小区定时、小区位置信息等。又例如,LMF与UE之间通过长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)消息进行UE能力信息传递、辅助信息传递、测量信息传递等。For example, the LMF is responsible for supporting different types of location services related to the UE, including positioning the UE and delivering assistance data to the UE. For example, the LMF and the base station interact through new radio (NR) positioning protocol annex (NRRPa) messages to obtain positioning reference signals (PRS) and sounding reference signals (PRS). reference signal, SRS) configuration information, cell timing, cell location information, etc. For another example, LMF and UE transmit UE capability information, auxiliary information, measurement information, etc. through Long Term Evolution (LTE) Positioning Protocol (LPP) messages.

示例性的,AMF可以从第五代核心网络定位服务(5th generation core network location services,5GC LCS)实体接收与UE相关的位置服务请求;或者,AMF本身也可代表UE启动一些位置服务,并将位置服务请求发送给LMF。该AMF得到UE的位置信息后,将UE的位置信息返回给5GC LCS实体。 For example, the AMF can receive a location service request related to the UE from the 5th generation core network location services (5GC LCS) entity; or, the AMF itself can also initiate some location services on behalf of the UE and provide Location service requests are sent to LMF. After obtaining the location information of the UE, the AMF returns the location information of the UE to the 5GC LCS entity.

示例性的,RAN包括基站,如图2所示,gNB和ng-eNB之间可以通过Xn接口(或Xn-C接口)连接,LMF与ng-eNB/gNB之间可以通过NG-C接口连接,以及UE与gNB之间可以通过NR-Uu接口连接,UE与ng-eNB之间可以通过LTE-Uu接口连接。可理解,本申请对于图2示出的各个接口不作限定,对于各个接口的说明等还可以参考相关标准或协议等。Exemplarily, the RAN includes a base station. As shown in Figure 2, gNB and ng-eNB can be connected through the Xn interface (or Xn-C interface), and LMF and ng-eNB/gNB can be connected through the NG-C interface. , and the UE and gNB can be connected through the NR-Uu interface, and the UE and ng-eNB can be connected through the LTE-Uu interface. It can be understood that this application does not limit each interface shown in Figure 2. For descriptions of each interface, you can also refer to relevant standards or protocols.

可理解,图2所示的定位架构示意图仅为示例,对于其他形式的定位架构示意图可以参考相关标准或协议等,这里不再一一详述。It can be understood that the schematic diagram of the positioning architecture shown in Figure 2 is only an example. For other forms of schematic diagrams of the positioning architecture, please refer to relevant standards or protocols, etc., which will not be described in detail here.

下文示出的各个实施例可以适用于图1所示的通信系统,也可以适用于图2所示的通信系统,对此,下文不再赘述。The various embodiments shown below may be applicable to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 or the communication system shown in FIG. 2, which will not be described again below.

在详细介绍本申请的方法之前,首先对本申请涉及的一些概念作简单介绍。Before introducing the method of this application in detail, some concepts involved in this application will be briefly introduced.

请参阅图3,图3为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备状态切换示意图。Please refer to Figure 3. Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of terminal device state switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图3所示,为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态以及状态之间的转换过程。新空口(new radio,NR)引入了一种新的RRC状态,即RRC_INACTIVE(无线资源控制-非激活态),与RRC_CONNECTED(无线资源控制-连接态)和RRC_IDLE(无线资源控制-空闲态)的转换关系如图3所示。As shown in Figure 3, it is the radio resource control (RRC) state and the transition process between states. New radio (new radio, NR) introduces a new RRC state, namely RRC_INACTIVE (radio resource control-inactive state), which is different from RRC_CONNECTED (radio resource control-connected state) and RRC_IDLE (radio resource control-idle state) The conversion relationship is shown in Figure 3.

RRC_INACTIVE(无线资源控制-非激活态)只能从RRC_CONNECTED(无线资源控制-连接态)通过RRC release(释放)消息转变,在UE从RRC_CONNECTED状态释放到RRC_INACTIVE时,基站会分配该UE一个标识I-RNTI(非激活态无线网络临时标识),并且以此标识存储UE的上下文,此基站也叫做UE的上一个服务gNB(last serving gNB),有时也被记为锚点gNB(anchor gNB)。RRC_INACTIVE (radio resource control - inactive state) can only be changed from RRC_CONNECTED (radio resource control - connected state) through the RRC release message. When the UE is released from the RRC_CONNECTED state to RRC_INACTIVE, the base station will assign the UE an identity I- RNTI (Inactive Radio Network Temporary Identifier), and uses this identifier to store the context of the UE. This base station is also called the UE's last serving gNB (last serving gNB), and is sometimes also recorded as the anchor gNB (anchor gNB).

当UE请求恢复之前挂起的RRC连接或者进行无线通知区(radio notification area,RNA)更新时,UE发送RRCResumeRequest消息给当前服务基站,RRCResumeRequest消息结构中包括恢复原因值,该恢复原因值用于指示该RRCResumeRequest消息请求恢复的恢复原因,该RRCResumeRequest消息结构中还包括I_RNTI标识,当前服务基站根据I_RNTI标识去last serving gNB取回UE的上下文。When the UE requests to resume a previously suspended RRC connection or update the radio notification area (RNA), the UE sends a RRCResumeRequest message to the current serving base station. The RRCResumeRequest message structure includes a recovery reason value, which is used to indicate The RRCResumeRequest message requests the recovery reason. The RRCResumeRequest message structure also includes the I_RNTI identifier. The current serving base station goes to the last serving gNB to retrieve the UE context according to the I_RNTI identifier.

具体流程可参阅图4,图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的RRC连接恢复流程示意图。下面对图4的各个步骤进行说明:The specific process may be referred to Figure 4. Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the RRC connection recovery process of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each step in Figure 4 is explained below:

S401:UE发送RRC连接恢复请求RRCResumeRequst给gNB,该RRCResumeRequst包含了由last serving gNB为该UE分配的I-RNTI。S401: The UE sends an RRC connection recovery request RRCResumeRequst to the gNB. The RRCResumeRequst contains the I-RNTI allocated to the UE by the last serving gNB.

S402:gNB接收RRCResumeRequst,并根据I-RNTI中包含的gNB identity时,可以找到last serving gNB并请求其提供UE的上下文。S402: When gNB receives RRCResumeRequst, and based on the gNB identity contained in I-RNTI, it can find the last serving gNB and request it to provide the context of the UE.

具体的,gNB向对应的last serving gNB发送上下文获取请求Retrieve UE context request消息。Specifically, gNB sends a context acquisition request Retrieve UE context request message to the corresponding last serving gNB.

S403:last serving gNB向gNB提供UE的上下文。S403: last serving gNB provides the context of the UE to gNB.

具体的,last serving gNB向gNB发送上下文获取响应Retrieve UE context response消息,该上下文获取响应消息包括UE的上下文。Specifically, the last serving gNB sends a context retrieval response Retrieve UE context response message to gNB, and the context retrieval response message includes the context of the UE.

S404/S405:gNB和UE完成RRC连接的恢复,在获得授权grant的情况下,可以发送用户数据。S404/S405: gNB and UE complete the restoration of RRC connection, and can send user data after obtaining the authorization grant.

S406:如果要求last serving gNB中缓存的下行(downlink,DL)用户数据无损,gNB需要提供转发地址。S406: If the downlink (DL) user data cached in the last serving gNB is required to be lossless, the gNB needs to provide a forwarding address.

S407/S408:gNB进行路径转换。S407/S408: gNB performs path conversion.

S409:gNB触发last serving gNB处UE的资源释放。 S409: The gNB triggers resource release of the UE at the last serving gNB.

需要指出的是,在无法取回UE上下文时,gNB可以发送RRCSetup消息给UE,重新建立RRC连接;或者gNB可以直接发送RRCReject消息给UE,用于拒绝UE的建立请求。It should be pointed out that when the UE context cannot be retrieved, gNB can send an RRCSetup message to the UE to re-establish the RRC connection; or gNB can directly send an RRCReject message to the UE to reject the UE's establishment request.

请参阅图5,图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。Please refer to Figure 5, which is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图5所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:

S501:服务基站确定配置上行SRS资源(determines UL SRS resources)。S501: The serving base station determines the configuration of uplink SRS resources (determines UL SRS resources).

可理解,图5和图6所示的方法中,服务基站可以是gNB,也可以是TRP等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It can be understood that in the methods shown in Figures 5 and 6, the serving base station may be a gNB, or a TRP, etc., which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

S502:服务基站向UE发送携带SRS配置(SRS configuration)的消息。相应的,UE接收该SRS配置。SRS配置中包括服务基站为UE确定的上行SRS资源的配置信息。S502: The serving base station sends a message carrying SRS configuration (SRS configuration) to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives the SRS configuration. The SRS configuration includes configuration information of uplink SRS resources determined by the serving base station for the UE.

通过图5所示的方法,服务基站可以向UE发送SRS配置,从而可使得UE获得该SRS配置,以及根据该SRS配置发送SRS。Through the method shown in Figure 5, the serving base station can send the SRS configuration to the UE, so that the UE can obtain the SRS configuration and send SRS according to the SRS configuration.

请参阅图6,图6为本申请实施例提供的一种基于定位的通信方法的流程示意图。Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic flowchart of a positioning-based communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图6所示,该方法包括:As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:

S601:LMF向UE的服务基站请求SRS配置,如通过NRPPa定位信息请求消息(NRPPa positioning information request)请求SRS配置。S601: The LMF requests the SRS configuration from the UE's serving base station, such as requesting the SRS configuration through the NRPPa positioning information request message (NRPPa positioning information request).

S602:服务基站确定配置上行SRS资源(determines UL SRS resources)。S602: The serving base station determines the configuration of uplink SRS resources (determines UL SRS resources).

S603:服务基站向UE发送携带SRS配置(SRS configuration)的消息。相应的,UE接收SRS配置。S603: The serving base station sends a message carrying SRS configuration (SRS configuration) to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE receives the SRS configuration.

本申请实施例中,上述SRS配置包括上行SRS资源的配置。In this embodiment of the present application, the above SRS configuration includes the configuration of uplink SRS resources.

S604:服务基站向LMF发送携带SRS配置的响应,如通过NRPPa定位信息响应(NRPPa positioning information response)消息将SRS配置回复给LMF。相应的,LMF接收该响应。S604: The serving base station sends a response carrying the SRS configuration to the LMF, such as replying the SRS configuration to the LMF through an NRPPa positioning information response (NRPPa positioning information response) message. Accordingly, LMF receives the response.

可选的,服务基站也可以是先向UE发送携带SRS配置的消息,然后在LMF向UE的服务基站请求SRS配置后,该服务基站向LMF发送携带SRS配置的响应。可理解,上述服务基站向UE发送的SRS配置,和该服务基站向LMF发送的SRS配置可以相同,或者,不同等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可选的,服务基站还可以是先向UE发送携带SRS配置1的消息,在LMF向UE的服务基站请求SRS配置后,确定配置上行SRS资源,然后向UE发送携带SRS配置2的消息,以及向LMF发送携带SRS配置2的响应。可理解,SRS配置2与SRS配置1可以不同,或者,也可以相同,本申请实施例不作限定。本申请实施例对于步骤601和步骤602的先后顺序不作限定。本申请实施例对于步骤603和步骤604的先后顺序不作限定。Optionally, the serving base station may also first send a message carrying the SRS configuration to the UE, and then after the LMF requests the SRS configuration from the serving base station of the UE, the serving base station sends a response carrying the SRS configuration to the LMF. It can be understood that the SRS configuration sent by the serving base station to the UE and the SRS configuration sent by the serving base station to the LMF may be the same, or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Optionally, the serving base station may also first send a message carrying SRS configuration 1 to the UE, and after the LMF requests the SRS configuration from the serving base station of the UE, determine to configure the uplink SRS resources, and then send a message carrying SRS configuration 2 to the UE, and Send a response carrying SRS configuration 2 to the LMF. It can be understood that SRS configuration 2 and SRS configuration 1 may be different, or they may be the same, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the order of step 601 and step 602. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the order of step 603 and step 604.

S605:若SRS配置为非周期或者半持续的SRS,LMF向UE的服务基站请求激活SRS配置,如通过NRPPa定位激活请求(NRPPa positioning activation request)消息请求激活SRS配置。相应的,服务基站接收该NRPPa定位激活请求。S605: If the SRS is configured as aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS, the LMF requests the UE's serving base station to activate the SRS configuration, such as requesting the activation of the SRS configuration through the NRPPa positioning activation request (NRPPa positioning activation request) message. Correspondingly, the serving base station receives the NRPPa positioning activation request.

S606:服务基站向UE发送激活SRS传输的指令(activate UE SRS transmission)。相应的,UE接收该指令。S606: The serving base station sends an instruction to activate SRS transmission to the UE (activate UE SRS transmission). Correspondingly, the UE receives the instruction.

可理解,尽管图6中未示出UE发送SRS的步骤,但是图6所示的方法中,还可以包括UE发送SRS的步骤,至于该UE何时发送SRS,本申请实施例不作限定。It can be understood that although FIG. 6 does not show the step of the UE sending the SRS, the method shown in FIG. 6 may also include the step of the UE sending the SRS. As for when the UE sends the SRS, this embodiment of the application does not limit it.

S607:服务基站向LMF发送激活SRS配置的响应,如通过NRPPa定位激活响应(NRPPa positioning activation response)消息将激活SRS配置的响应发送给LMF。相应的,LMF接收该响应。S607: The serving base station sends a response to activate the SRS configuration to the LMF, such as sending a response to activating the SRS configuration to the LMF through an NRPPa positioning activation response (NRPPa positioning activation response) message. Accordingly, LMF receives the response.

可理解,以上所示的激活SRS配置的响应可以是高层响应消息。 It can be understood that the response to activate the SRS configuration shown above may be a high-layer response message.

S608:LMF向一个或多个基站(可以包含服务基站,也可以不包含服务基站)发送测量请求,请求一个或多个基站对SRS进行测量。例如,LMF向一个或多个基站发送NRPPa测量请求(NRPPa measurement request)消息请求对SRS进行测量。可理解,以上所示的一个或多个基站可以包括服务基站和/或邻基站。S608: The LMF sends a measurement request to one or more base stations (which may or may not include a serving base station), requesting one or more base stations to measure the SRS. For example, the LMF sends an NRPPa measurement request message to one or more base stations to request measurement of the SRS. It can be understood that the one or more base stations shown above may include serving base stations and/or neighboring base stations.

S609:服务基站和/或邻基站进行上行(uplink,UL)SRS测量。相应的,收到测量请求的基站进行UL SRS测量。S609: The serving base station and/or neighboring base stations perform uplink (UL) SRS measurement. Correspondingly, the base station that receives the measurement request performs UL SRS measurement.

S610:服务基站和/或邻基站向LMF发送NRPPa测量响应(NRPPa measurement response)。S610: The serving base station and/or neighboring base station sends an NRPPa measurement response (NRPPa measurement response) to the LMF.

S611:LMF向服务基站发送请求去激活SRS配置,如通过NRPPa定位去激活(NRPPa positioning deactication)消息请求去激活SRS配置。S611: The LMF sends a request to the serving base station to activate the SRS configuration, such as requesting to activate the SRS configuration through the NRPPa positioning deactivation (NRPPa positioning deactivation) message.

可理解,图6所示的通信方法包括了激活非周期或半持续SRS发送的步骤。当不需要激活非周期或半持续SRS发送时(例如使用周期SRS定位),如本申请实施例提供的方法可以不包括步骤605至步骤607。It can be understood that the communication method shown in Figure 6 includes the step of activating aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS transmission. When aperiodic or semi-persistent SRS transmission does not need to be activated (for example, periodic SRS positioning is used), the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may not include steps 605 to 607.

可选的,对处于RRC_INACTIVE的UE进行上行定位时,在上述步骤601之前,UE还需通过小数据传输(small data transmission,SDT)向服务基站发送事件报告(event report),服务基站收到event report后转发给LMF,LMF再向UE的服务基站请求SRS配置,以对UE进行上行定位。Optionally, when performing uplink positioning for a UE in RRC_INACTIVE, before the above step 601, the UE also needs to send an event report (event report) to the serving base station through small data transmission (SDT), and the serving base station receives the event The report is then forwarded to the LMF, and the LMF then requests the SRS configuration from the UE's serving base station to perform uplink positioning of the UE.

在上述对处于RRC_INACTIVE的UE进行上行定位的方法中,服务基站需要通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给UE,使得UE根据接收到的SRS配置发送SRS,从而通过测量SRS实现UE的上行定位。如此,服务基站下发SRS配置所需的信令开销与需要定位的UE的数量成正比,信令开销较大,且每次定位都需要向UE下发SRS配置,定位效率较低。并且,UE需要通过SDT向服务基站发送event report,使得服务基站通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给UE,如此,要求UE必须支持SDT能力,增加了UE的复杂度。In the above method for uplink positioning of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE, the serving base station needs to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the UE through dedicated signaling, so that the UE sends SRS according to the received SRS configuration, thereby achieving the UE's positioning by measuring SRS. Upward positioning. In this way, the signaling overhead required for the serving base station to deliver the SRS configuration is proportional to the number of UEs that need to be positioned. The signaling overhead is large, and the SRS configuration needs to be delivered to the UE for each positioning, and the positioning efficiency is low. Moreover, the UE needs to send an event report to the serving base station through SDT, so that the serving base station delivers the configured SRS configuration to the UE through proprietary signaling. This requires the UE to support SDT capabilities, which increases the complexity of the UE.

针对上述定位方法存在的信令开销大、定位效率低的技术问题,本申请实施例提出了一种新的定位方法,终端设备通过定位请求将所需的SRS配置发送给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要第一网络设备向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率,终端设备也无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In view of the technical problems of high signaling overhead and low positioning efficiency in the above positioning method, embodiments of this application propose a new positioning method. The terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request, so as to Requesting to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration. Moreover, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the SRS configuration to the terminal device every time positioning is performed, which improves positioning. Efficiency, the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.

请参阅图7,图7为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法的流程示意图。该定位方法应用于通信技术领域,该定位方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 7 , which is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This positioning method is applied in the field of communication technology. The positioning method includes but is not limited to the following steps:

S701:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求。S701: The terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device.

其中,该第一定位请求包括第一SRS配置,第一定位请求用于请求第一网络设备预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源。Wherein, the first positioning request includes a first SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request the first network device to reserve a first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration.

可理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是手持终端(如手机、平板电脑等),也可以是车载终端(如无人驾驶中的无线终端等),具体可以是上述图1中的终端设备(包括但不限于如UE1至UE6中的任一设备),用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。本申请实施例中的第一网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是接入网设备(如基站、传输点TRP等),具体可以是上述图1中的接入网设备,用于执行本申请实施例中的定 位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。It can be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead. , improve positioning efficiency. The first network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above. Network access equipment, used to perform the determination in the embodiment of this application bit method to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施例中,终端设备在发送第一定位请求之前,还需确定第一SRS配置。In a possible embodiment, before sending the first positioning request, the terminal device also needs to determine the first SRS configuration.

可选的,终端设备可以通过接收广播消息、组播消息等方式获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,该广播消息、组播消息等可以是第一网络设备发送的。终端设备再根据小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,确定第一小区对应的第一SRS配置。Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration by receiving broadcast messages, multicast messages, etc., which may be sent by the first network device. The terminal device then determines the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell according to the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.

其中,第一小区标识包括与终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)的小区标识,具体可以是物理小区标识(physical cell index,PCI)。PCI是小区中基站发送参考信号中携带的小区标识,也可以是其他的小区标识,比如新空口小区全局标识符(NR cell global identifier,NCGI)等。可选的,终端设备可以通过检测邻区处于相同PLMN的PCI列表,得到第一小区标识。The first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same public land mobile network (PLMN) as the terminal device, and may be a physical cell index (PCI). PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell. It can also be other cell identity, such as New Radio Cell Global Identifier (NCGI). Optionally, the terminal device can obtain the first cell identity by detecting that the neighboring cells are in the PCI list of the same PLMN.

示例性的,小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,具体可以是:小区标识与SRS配置一一对应;或者,一个小区标识列表对应一个SRS配置列表;或者,一个小区对应一个SRS配置列表等等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。For example, the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration may be: a one-to-one correspondence between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration; or, a cell identifier list corresponds to an SRS configuration list; or a cell corresponds to an SRS configuration list, etc., The embodiments of the present application do not limit this.

可选的,终端设备还可以通过离线下载等方式获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,再根据小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,确定第一小区对应的第一SRS配置。Optionally, the terminal device can also obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration through offline downloading, etc., and then determine the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell based on the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.

可选的,还可以是给终端设备预先配置的小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,终端设备根据预先配置好的小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,确定第一小区对应的第一SRS配置。Optionally, the terminal device may also be pre-configured with a corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration. The terminal device determines the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell based on the pre-configured corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.

可理解,上述仅列出了几种确定第一SRS配置的示例性的方式,不应以此对本申请实施例构成限制。It can be understood that the above only lists several exemplary ways of determining the first SRS configuration, and this should not limit the embodiments of the present application.

通过本申请实施例,终端设备根据小区标识确定与其对应的SRS配置,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率。Through the embodiments of this application, the terminal device determines the corresponding SRS configuration according to the cell identifier. There is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, which can save the signaling required to deliver the SRS configuration. Overhead, and there is no need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施例中,第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值(short medium access control integrity protection,shortMAC-I),非激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive radio network temporary identifier,I-RNTI),以及上述第一小区标识。In a possible embodiment, the first positioning request also includes a short medium access control integrity verification value (short medium access control integrity protection, shortMAC-I), an inactive radio network temporary identifier (inactive radio network temporary identifier) identifier, I-RNTI), and the above-mentioned first cell identifier.

其中,shortMAC-I用于鉴权,I-RNTI用于识别存储在网络侧的SRS配置,第一小区标识的功能与第一SRS配置类似,用于请求预留对应的第一SRS资源,从而可以根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。Among them, shortMAC-I is used for authentication, and I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side. The function of the first cell identifier is similar to the first SRS configuration, and is used to request reservation of the corresponding first SRS resource, thereby The first SRS may be sent according to the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施例中,第一定位请求可以通过无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素(medium access controlcontrol element,MAC CE)等消息发送给第一网络设备。其中,RRC消息具体可以是公用控制信道(common control channel,CCCH)消息或专有控制信道(dedicated control channel,DCCH)消息等。In a possible embodiment, the first positioning request may be sent to the first network device through a radio resource control RRC message, a medium access control control element (medium access control control element, MAC CE) or other messages. Among them, the RRC message may be a common control channel (common control channel, CCCH) message or a dedicated control channel (dedicated control channel, DCCH) message, etc.

通过本申请实施例,通过RRC消息或MAC CE等将第一定位请求发给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。Through the embodiment of this application, the first positioning request is sent to the first network device through an RRC message or MAC CE, etc., to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send the first positioning request to the first network device through SDT. Event report (event report) eliminates the need for terminal equipment to support SDT capabilities, reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.

S702:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一SRS,相应的,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一SRS。S702: The terminal device sends the first SRS to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first SRS sent by the terminal device.

具体的,终端设备根据第一网络设备为其预留的第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。Specifically, the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration reserved by the first network device.

在一种可能的实施例中,终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求后,在接收到第一 网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,根据第一网络设备为其预留的第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。In a possible embodiment, after the terminal device sends the first positioning request to the first network device, after receiving the first In the case of a reply to the first positioning request sent by the network device, the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration reserved by the first network device.

其中,第一定位请求回复包括第一SRS资源、第一SRS配置、第一小区标识中的一项或多项,用于响应第一定位请求,为终端设备预留第一SRS资源,并指示终端设备根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。The first positioning request reply includes one or more of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier, and is used to respond to the first positioning request, reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device, and indicate The terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource.

通过本申请实施例,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,可以指示终端设备根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,节省了下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。Through the embodiments of this application, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, and to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device. The terminal device can be instructed to follow the first SRS reserved for it. The resource sends the first SRS, which saves the signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.

在一种可能的实施例中,第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延。In a possible embodiment, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay.

在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,该第一时延值用于指示终端设备在接收到该第一定位请求回复的第一时延时间之后,再根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。When the first network device is unable to satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, the first delay value is used to instruct the terminal device to, after receiving the first delay time of the reply to the first positioning request, proceed according to the reservation for the first network device. The first SRS is sent from the first SRS resource.

通过本申请实施例,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,利用第一时延,可以避免终端设备可能重复多次发起定位请求的问题,节省了信令开销,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。Through the embodiments of the present application, when the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.

在一种可能的实施例中,第一定位请求回复可以通过四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、两步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB等消息接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复。In a possible embodiment, the first positioning request reply can be sent through the second message Msg2 in the four-step process of random access to the first network device, the fourth message Msg4 in the four-step process of random access to the first network device, The second message MsgB and other messages in the two-step random access process of the first network device receive the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.

本申请实施例中,通过随机接入消息接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复,根据请求预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,而无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device is received through the random access message, and the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved by the request, without the need for the first network device to send the first positioning request through dedicated signaling. The configured SRS configuration is delivered to the terminal device, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.

可选的,还可以通过数据早传(early data transmission,EDT)、预配置授权(configured grant)、预配置上行资源(preconfigured uplink resources,PUR)等接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复,本申请实施例对此不作限制。Optionally, the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device can also be received through early data transmission (EDT), preconfigured grant (configured grant), preconfigured uplink resources (PUR), etc. , the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

S703:第一网络设备测量第一SRS,得到终端设备的定位信息。S703: The first network device measures the first SRS and obtains the positioning information of the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备通过定位请求将所需的SRS配置发送给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率。此外,终端设备通过发送第一定位请求,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告(event report),从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through a positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the information required for sending the SRS configuration. It reduces the overhead and eliminates the need to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency. In addition, by sending the first positioning request, the terminal device requests to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. There is no need to send an event report (event report) to the first network device through SDT, and thus there is no need for the terminal device to support SDT capability reduces the complexity of terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.

请参阅图8,图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种定位方法的流程示意图。该定位方法应用于通信技术领域,该定位方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This positioning method is applied in the field of communication technology. The positioning method includes but is not limited to the following steps:

S800:第一网络设备发送广播消息,相应的,终端设备接收广播消息。S800: The first network device sends a broadcast message, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the broadcast message.

其中,该广播消息中包括小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,终端设备通过接收广播消息获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系。The broadcast message includes the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration, and the terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration by receiving the broadcast message.

可理解,本步骤800为可选的步骤,除了步骤800的实施方式之外,终端设备还可以通过接收组播消息等消息的方式来获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,终端设备还可以通过离线下载、预先配置等方式来获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,本申请实施例对此不作限制。 It can be understood that this step 800 is an optional step. In addition to the implementation of step 800, the terminal device can also obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration by receiving messages such as multicast messages. The terminal device can also obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration through The corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration can be obtained through offline downloading, pre-configuration, etc., and the embodiments of this application do not limit this.

可理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是手持终端(如手机、平板电脑等),也可以是车载终端(如无人驾驶中的无线终端等),具体可以是上述图1中的终端设备(包括但不限于如UE1至UE6中的任一设备),用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。本申请实施例中的第一网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是接入网设备(如基站、传输点TRP等),具体可以是上述图1中的接入网设备,用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。It can be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead. , improve positioning efficiency. The first network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above. The network access device is used to execute the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.

S801:终端设备确定第一SRS配置。S801: The terminal device determines the first SRS configuration.

终端设备根据小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,确定第一小区标识对应的第一SRS配置。The terminal device determines the first SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier according to the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration.

其中,第一小区标识包括与终端设备处于相同PLMN的小区标识,具体可以是PCI。PCI是小区中基站发送参考信号中携带的小区标识,也可以是其他的小区标识,比如NCGI等。可选的,终端设备可以通过检测邻区处于相同PLMN的PCI列表,得到第一小区标识。The first cell identity includes a cell identity that is in the same PLMN as the terminal device, and may specifically be PCI. PCI is the cell identity carried in the reference signal sent by the base station in the cell, and can also be other cell identities, such as NCGI. Optionally, the terminal device can obtain the first cell identity by detecting that the neighboring cells are in the PCI list of the same PLMN.

S802:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求。S802: The terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device.

其中,该第一定位请求包括第一SRS配置,第一定位请求用于请求第一网络设备预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源。Wherein, the first positioning request includes a first SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request the first network device to reserve a first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration.

可选的,第一定位请求还包括shortMAC-I,I-RNTI,以及上述第一小区标识。Optionally, the first positioning request also includes shortMAC-I, I-RNTI, and the above-mentioned first cell identifier.

其中,shortMAC-I用于鉴权,I-RNTI用于识别存储在网络侧的SRS配置,第一小区标识的功能与第一SRS配置类似,用于请求预留对应的第一SRS资源,从而可以根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。Among them, shortMAC-I is used for authentication, and I-RNTI is used to identify the SRS configuration stored on the network side. The function of the first cell identifier is similar to the first SRS configuration, and is used to request reservation of the corresponding first SRS resource, thereby The first SRS may be sent according to the first SRS resource.

可选的,第一定位请求可以通过RRC消息、MAC CE等消息发送给第一网络设备。Optionally, the first positioning request may be sent to the first network device through an RRC message, a MAC CE message, or other messages.

其中,RRC消息具体可以是CCCH消息或DCCH消息等。The RRC message may specifically be a CCCH message or a DCCH message.

S803:第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,相应的,第三网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第二定位请求。S803: The first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device. Correspondingly, the third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device.

其中,该第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位。Wherein, the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.

可理解,本申请实施例中的第三网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是核心网设备(如服务器等),具体可以是上述图2中的AMF,用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。It can be understood that the third network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a core network device (such as a server, etc.). Specifically, it can be the AMF in Figure 2 above. Use In order to implement the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application, signaling overhead is reduced and positioning efficiency is improved.

可选的,第二定位请求包括终端设备与第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识(第一标识信息),终端设备与第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识(第二标识信息),以及终端设备的位置信息、终端设备的小区标识、第一小区标识、第一SRS配置中的一项或多项信息。Optionally, the second positioning request includes the next generation interface application protocol identifier (first identification information) between the terminal device and the third network device, and the next generation interface application protocol identifier (first identification information) between the terminal device and the first network device. identification information), and one or more pieces of information from the terminal equipment's location information, the terminal equipment's cell identification, the first cell identification, and the first SRS configuration.

通过本申请实施例中的第二定位请求,用于请求对终端设备进行定位,无需终端设备再通过SDT发起定位请求,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。Through the second positioning request in the embodiment of the present application, it is used to request positioning of the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to initiate a positioning request through SDT, so there is no need to require the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal device, and The positioning process is simplified and positioning efficiency is improved.

可选的,第二定位请求可以通过下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息向第三网络设备发送。Optionally, the second positioning request may be sent to the third network device through a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

通过本申请实施例中的NG-AP消息,支持第一网络设备触发第二定位请求,请求对终端设备进行定位。Through the NG-AP message in the embodiment of the present application, the first network device is supported to trigger the second positioning request and request positioning of the terminal device.

S804:第三网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三定位请求,相应的,第四网络设备接收第三网络设备发送的第三定位请求。S804: The third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device receives the third positioning request sent by the third network device.

其中,第三定位请求包括第一SRS配置,第三定位请求用于请求预留第一SRS配置对应 的第一SRS资源,该第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。Wherein, the third positioning request includes the first SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation corresponding to the first SRS configuration. The first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.

可理解,本申请实施例中的第四网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是核心网设备(如服务器等),具体可以是上述图2中的LMF,用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。It can be understood that the fourth network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a core network device (such as a server, etc.), and specifically it can be the LMF in Figure 2 above. Use In order to implement the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application, signaling overhead is reduced and positioning efficiency is improved.

可选的,第四网络设备向第三网络设备发送第三定位请求回复,该第三定位请求回复用于指示第一SRS资源。Optionally, the fourth network device sends a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.

可选的,第三网络设备接收到第四网络设备发送的第三定位请求回复后,向第一网络设备发送第二定位请求回复,指示第一网络设备对终端设备进行定位。Optionally, after receiving the third positioning request reply sent by the fourth network device, the third network device sends a second positioning request reply to the first network device, instructing the first network device to position the terminal device.

可理解,该第二定位请求回复可以是第三网络设备发送给第一网络设备的,也可以是第三网络设备发送给第四网络设备,经由第四网络设备转发给第一网络设备,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It can be understood that the second positioning request reply may be sent by the third network device to the first network device, or may be sent by the third network device to the fourth network device and forwarded to the first network device via the fourth network device. The application examples do not limit this.

S805:第四网络设备向第一网络设备发送上行参考信号资源请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收第四网络设备发送的上行参考信号资源请求。S805: The fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request sent by the fourth network device.

S806:第一网络设备向第四网络设备发送上行参考信号资源请求回复,相应的,第四网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的上行参考信号资源请求回复。S806: The first network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request reply to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request reply sent by the first network device.

S807:第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,相应的,终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复。S807: The first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.

其中,该第一定位请求回复指示第一网络设备满足终端设备的定位请求,从而终端设备根据第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,用于测量第一SRS得到终端设备的定位信息。Wherein, the first positioning request reply indicates that the first network device satisfies the positioning request of the terminal device, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource for measuring the first SRS to obtain the positioning information of the terminal device.

可选的,第一定位请求回复包括第一SRS资源、第一SRS配置、第一小区标识中的一项或多项,用于响应第一定位请求,为终端设备预留第一SRS资源,并指示终端设备根据该第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。Optionally, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identifier, and is used to reserve the first SRS resource for the terminal device in response to the first positioning request, And instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS according to the first SRS resource.

通过本申请实施例,无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,可以指示终端设备根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,节省了下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。Through the embodiments of this application, there is no need for the first network device to deliver the configured SRS configuration to the terminal device through dedicated signaling, and to send the first positioning request reply to the terminal device. The terminal device can be instructed to follow the first SRS reserved for it. The resource sends the first SRS, which saves the signaling overhead required for delivering SRS configuration.

可选的,第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,用于指示终端设备在接收到该第一定位请求回复的第一时延时间之后,再根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS。Optionally, the first positioning request reply also includes a first delay, which is used to instruct the terminal device to wait for the first time after receiving the first positioning request reply when the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device. After the delay time, the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved for it.

通过本申请实施例,在第一网络设备无法满足终端设备的定位请求的情况下,利用第一时延,可以避免终端设备可能重复多次发起定位请求的问题,节省了信令开销,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。Through the embodiments of the present application, when the first network device cannot satisfy the positioning request of the terminal device, the first delay can be used to avoid the problem that the terminal device may repeatedly initiate positioning requests multiple times, save signaling overhead, and simplify It simplifies the positioning process and improves positioning efficiency.

可选的,第一定位请求可以通过四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、四步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、两步随机接入第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB等消息向终端设备发送。Optionally, the first positioning request may be sent through the second message Msg2 in the process of four-step random access to the first network device, the fourth message Msg4 in the process of four-step random access to the first network device, the third message Msg4 in the process of two-step random access. The second message MsgB and other messages in a network device process are sent to the terminal device.

通过本申请实施例,通过随机接入消息接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复,根据请求预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,而无需第一网络设备通过专有信令将配置的SRS配置下发给终端设备,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销。Through the embodiment of the present application, the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device is received through the random access message, and the first SRS is sent according to the first SRS resource reserved by the request, without the need for the first network device to send the first positioning request through dedicated signaling. The configured SRS configuration is delivered to the terminal device, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration.

S808a:终端设备发送第一SRS。S808a: The terminal device sends the first SRS.

终端设备根据为其预留的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,该第一SRS用于定位。The terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource reserved for the terminal device, and the first SRS is used for positioning.

S808b:第一网络设备对第一SRS进行测量。S808b: The first network device measures the first SRS.

S809:第四网络设备向第一网络设备发送上行参考信号测量请求,相应的,第一网络设 备接收第四网络设备发送的上行参考信号测量请求。S809: The fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device The device receives an uplink reference signal measurement request sent by the fourth network device.

S810:第一网络设备向第四网络设备发送上行参考信号测量结果上报,相应的,第四网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的上行参考信号测量结果上报。S810: The first network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement result report to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal measurement result report sent by the first network device.

应理解,步骤S808b、S809、S810的执行顺序,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be understood that the execution order of steps S808b, S809, and S810 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

应理解,本申请实施例中的步骤S802与上述图7中的步骤S701类似,本申请实施例中的步骤S808a与上述图7中的步骤S702类似,本申请实施例中的步骤S808b与上述图7中的步骤S703类似。本申请实施例中的步骤S800、S801、S803、S804、S805、S806、S807、S809、S810,可以理解为是上述图7中的步骤的变形或补充。It should be understood that step S802 in the embodiment of the present application is similar to step S701 in the above-mentioned Figure 7, step S808a in the embodiment of the present application is similar to step S702 in the above-mentioned Figure 7, and step S808b in the embodiment of the present application is similar to the step S701 in the above-mentioned figure. Step S703 in 7 is similar. Steps S800, S801, S803, S804, S805, S806, S807, S809, and S810 in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as modifications or supplements of the steps in Figure 7 above.

请参阅图9,图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种定位方法的流程示意图。该定位方法应用于通信技术领域,该定位方法包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This positioning method is applied in the field of communication technology. The positioning method includes but is not limited to the following steps:

S900:终端设备发生小区重选,从第二网络设备重选到第一网络设备。S900: Cell reselection occurs on the terminal device and is reselected from the second network device to the first network device.

S901:第一网络设备发送广播消息,相应的,终端设备接收广播消息。S901: The first network device sends a broadcast message, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the broadcast message.

同上述步骤S800类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S800 and will not be described again here.

S902:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求。S902: The terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device.

同上述步骤S802类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S802 and will not be described again here.

S903:第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,相应的,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息。S903: The first network device sends the first message to the second network device, and accordingly, the second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device.

终端设备在满足小区重选条件后,从第二网络设备重选到第一网络设备,第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求后,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源。After the terminal device satisfies the cell reselection condition, it reselects from the second network device to the first network device. After the first network device receives the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the first network device sends the first positioning request to the second network device. The message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.

通过本申请实施例,在发生小区重选的情况下,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,请求获取终端设备的上下文信息,可以保证在小区重选情况下定位业务的连续性和稳定性,请求第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,可以实现资源的有效利用,提高资源利用率。Through the embodiments of this application, when cell reselection occurs, the first network device sends a first message to the second network device, requesting to obtain the context information of the terminal device, which can ensure the continuity of positioning services in the case of cell reselection. and stability, requesting the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.

可理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是手持终端(如手机、平板电脑等),也可以是车载终端(如无人驾驶中的无线终端等),具体可以是上述图1中的终端设备(包括但不限于如UE1至UE6中的任一设备),用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。It can be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a handheld terminal (such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, etc.) or a vehicle-mounted terminal (such as an autonomous driving system). wireless terminal, etc.), specifically the terminal equipment in Figure 1 (including but not limited to any equipment among UE1 to UE6), used to perform the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead. , improve positioning efficiency.

本申请实施例中的第一网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是接入网设备(如基站、传输点TRP等),具体可以是上述图1中的接入网设备,用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。The first network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above. The network access device is used to execute the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.

本申请实施例中的第二网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是接入网设备(如基站、传输点TRP等),具体可以是上述图1中的接入网设备,用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。The second network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be an access network device (such as a base station, a transmission point TRP, etc.), and specifically it can be the access network device in Figure 1 mentioned above. The network access device is used to execute the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application to reduce signaling overhead and improve positioning efficiency.

可理解,第一网络设备为当前服务网络设备(当前服务基站),第二网络设备为旧服务网络设备(旧服务基站)。It can be understood that the first network device is the current serving network device (current serving base station), and the second network device is the old serving network device (old serving base station).

S904:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二消息,相应的,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第二消息。S904: The second network device sends the second message to the first network device, and accordingly, the first network device receives the second message sent by the second network device.

第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括终端设备的上下文信息。 The second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.

通过本申请实施例,在发生小区重选的情况下,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息后,向第一网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括终端设备的上下文信息,可以保证在小区重选情况下定位业务的连续性和稳定性,并且第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,可以实现资源的有效利用,提高资源利用率。Through the embodiment of the present application, when cell reselection occurs, the second network device sends a second message to the first network device after receiving the first message sent by the first network device. The second message includes the context of the terminal device. Information can ensure the continuity and stability of the positioning service in the case of cell reselection, and the second network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization.

S905:第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三消息,相应的,第四网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第三消息。S905: The second network device sends the third message to the fourth network device, and accordingly, the fourth network device receives the third message sent by the second network device.

终端设备在满足小区重选条件后,从第二网络设备重选到第一网络设备,第二网络设备停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三消息,用于告知第四网络设备,第二网络设备已停止为终端设备预留SRS资源。After the terminal device meets the cell reselection conditions, it is reselected from the second network device to the first network device, the second network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device, and the second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, Used to notify the fourth network device that the second network device has stopped reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.

可理解,本申请实施例中的第四网络设备为搭载了可用于执行计算机执行指令的处理器的设备,可以是核心网设备(如服务器等),具体可以是上述图2中的LMF,用于执行本申请实施例中的定位方法,以实现减少信令开销,提高定位效率。It can be understood that the fourth network device in the embodiment of the present application is a device equipped with a processor that can be used to execute computer execution instructions. It can be a core network device (such as a server, etc.), and specifically it can be the LMF in Figure 2 above. Use In order to implement the positioning method in the embodiment of the present application, signaling overhead is reduced and positioning efficiency is improved.

S906:第四网络设备向第二网络设备发送第四消息,相应的,第二网络设备接收第四网络设备发送的第四消息。S906: The fourth network device sends a fourth message to the second network device, and accordingly, the second network device receives the fourth message sent by the fourth network device.

第二网络设备接收第四网络设备发送的第四消息,停止测量终端设备发送的SRS。The second network device receives the fourth message sent by the fourth network device and stops measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

通过本申请实施例,在发生小区重选的情况下,第二网络设备可以及时停止为终端设备预留SRS资源,以及停止测量终端设备发送的SRS,可以实现资源的有效利用,提高资源利用率。Through the embodiments of this application, when cell reselection occurs, the second network device can promptly stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device and stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device, which can achieve effective utilization of resources and improve resource utilization. .

S907:第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,相应的,第三网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第二定位请求。S907: The first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device. Correspondingly, the third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device.

同上述步骤S803类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S803 and will not be described again here.

S908:第三网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三定位请求,相应的,第四网络设备接收第三网络设备发送的第三定位请求。S908: The third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device receives the third positioning request sent by the third network device.

同上述步骤S804类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S804 and will not be described again here.

S909:第四网络设备向第一网络设备发送上行参考信号资源请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收第四网络设备发送的上行参考信号资源请求。S909: The fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request sent by the fourth network device.

同上述步骤S805类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S805 and will not be described again here.

S910:第一网络设备向第四网络设备发送上行参考信号资源请求回复,相应的,第四网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的上行参考信号资源请求回复。S910: The first network device sends an uplink reference signal resource request reply to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device receives the uplink reference signal resource request reply sent by the first network device.

同上述步骤S806类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S806 and will not be described again here.

S911:第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,相应的,终端设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复。S911: The first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device.

同上述步骤S807类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S807 and will not be described again here.

S912a:终端设备发送第一SRS。S912a: The terminal device sends the first SRS.

同上述步骤S808a类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S808a and will not be described again here.

S912b:第一网络设备对第一SRS进行测量。S912b: The first network device measures the first SRS.

同上述步骤S808b类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S808b and will not be described again here.

S913:第四网络设备向第一网络设备发送上行参考信号测量请求,相应的,第一网络设备接收第四网络设备发送的上行参考信号测量请求。S913: The fourth network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement request to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the uplink reference signal measurement request sent by the fourth network device.

同上述步骤S809类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S809 and will not be described again here.

S914:第一网络设备向第四网络设备发送上行参考信号测量结果上报,相应的,第四网 络设备接收第一网络设备发送的上行参考信号测量结果上报。S914: The first network device sends an uplink reference signal measurement result report to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device The network device receives the uplink reference signal measurement result report sent by the first network device.

同上述步骤S810类似,此处不再赘述。It is similar to the above step S810 and will not be described again here.

应理解,本申请实施例中的步骤S903、S904、S905、S906,可以理解为是上述图7或图8中的步骤的补充或变形,本申请实施例中的其他步骤与上述图7或图8中的步骤类似,其对应关系已进行说明,故此处不再赘述。It should be understood that steps S903, S904, S905, and S906 in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as supplements or modifications of the steps in the above-mentioned Figure 7 or Figure 8. Other steps in the embodiment of the present application are the same as those in the above-mentioned Figure 7 or Figure 8. The steps in 8 are similar and their corresponding relationships have been explained, so they will not be repeated here.

上述详细阐述了本申请实施例的方法,下面提供用于实现本申请实施例中任一种方法的装置,例如,提供一种装置包括用以实现以上任一种方法中设备所执行的各步骤的单元(或手段)。The methods of the embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above. The following provides a device for implementing any method in the embodiment of the present application. For example, a device is provided that includes the steps performed by the equipment for implementing any of the above methods. unit (or means).

请参阅图10,图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

如图10所示,该通信装置100可以包括收发单元1001以及处理单元1002。收发单元1001以及处理单元1002可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。As shown in FIG. 10 , the communication device 100 may include a transceiver unit 1001 and a processing unit 1002 . The transceiver unit 1001 and the processing unit 1002 may be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.

其中,收发单元1001可以实现发送功能和/或接收功能,收发单元1001也可以描述为通信单元。收发单元1001还可以是集成了获取单元和发送单元的单元,其中,获取单元用于实现接收功能,发送单元用于实现发送功能。可选的,收发单元1001可以用于接收其他装置发送的信息,还可以用于向其他装置发送信息。Among them, the transceiver unit 1001 can implement a sending function and/or a receiving function, and the transceiver unit 1001 can also be described as a communication unit. The transceiver unit 1001 may also be a unit that integrates an acquisition unit and a sending unit, where the acquisition unit is used to implement the receiving function and the sending unit is used to implement the sending function. Optionally, the transceiver unit 1001 can be used to receive information sent by other devices, and can also be used to send information to other devices.

在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置100可对应于上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中的终端设备,如该通信装置100可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置100可以包括用于执行上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置100中的各单元分别为了实现上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In a possible design, the communication device 100 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 . For example, the communication device 100 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. . The communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is to implement the above FIGS. 7 to 9 respectively. Operations performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in 9. Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:

收发单元1001,用于向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;Transceiver unit 1001, configured to send a first positioning request to a first network device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding The first SRS resource;

处理单元1002,用于根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,通过所述收发单元1001发送第一SRS,所述第一SRS用于定位。The processing unit 1002 is configured to configure the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS and send the first SRS through the transceiver unit 1001, where the first SRS is used for positioning.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is also used to obtain the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration;

所述处理单元1002,还用于根据第一小区标识和所述对应关系,确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括所述第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The processing unit 1002 is further configured to determine the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, where the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述通信装置处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the communication device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述处理单元1002,还用于在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,根据所述第一SRS资源,通过所述收发单元1001发送所述第一SRS,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述通信装置发送所述第一SRS。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 1002 is further configured to, upon receiving a first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, use the transceiver unit 1001 according to the first SRS resource. The first SRS is sent, and the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the communication device to send the first SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。 In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述通信装置接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the communication device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述通信装置通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述通信装置通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述通信装置通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the communication device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps. The communication device uses the fourth message Msg4 in the process of randomly accessing the first network device through four steps, and the communication device uses the second message MsgB in the process of randomly accessing the first network device in two steps.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置100可对应于上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中的第一网络设备,如该通信装置100可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置100可以包括用于执行上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置100中的各单元分别为了实现上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In another possible design, the communication device 100 may correspond to the first network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 . For example, the communication device 100 may be the first network device or the first network device. Chips in the first network equipment. The communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the first network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the above FIG. 7 to the operations performed by the first network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 . Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:

收发单元1001,用于接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The transceiver unit 1001 is configured to receive a first positioning request sent by a terminal device, where the first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the first positioning request is used to request to reserve a location corresponding to the first SRS configuration. First SRS resources;

处理单元1002,用于测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS,得到所述终端设备的定位测量信息。The processing unit 1002 is configured to measure the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于向所述终端设备发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,所述对应关系用于确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a correspondence between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device, where the correspondence is used to determine the first SRS configuration, and the third An SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于向所述终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS. .

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述通信装置过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述通信装置过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述通信装置过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps; The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the device randomly accessing the communication device through four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the communication device in two steps.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于向第二网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a first message to a second network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and to request the second network device. The network device stops reserving SRS resources for the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a second positioning request to a third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及 以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and One or more of the following: the location information of the terminal device, the cell identity of the terminal device, the first cell identity, and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述通信装置之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the third network equipment, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device. Generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于接收来自所述第三网络设备的第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to receive a second positioning request reply from the third network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device. .

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置100可对应于上述图9所示的方法实施例中的第二网络设备,如该通信装置100可以是第二网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置100可以包括用于执行上述图9所示的方法实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置100中的各单元分别为了实现上述图9所示的方法实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In another possible design, the communication device 100 may correspond to the second network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , for example, the communication device 100 may be a second network device or a second network device. The chip in the device. The communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the second network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the operations shown in FIG. 9 . Operations performed by the second network device in the method embodiment. Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:

收发单元1001,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述通信装置停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;Transceiver unit 1001, configured to receive a first message sent by a first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of a terminal device and request the communication device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述收发单元1001,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。The transceiver unit 1001 is also configured to send a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于向第四网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a third message to a fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述收发单元1001,还用于接收所述第四网络设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to receive a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置100可对应于上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中的第三网络设备,如该通信装置100可以是第三网络设备,也可以是第三网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置100可以包括用于执行上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中由第三网络设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置100中的各单元分别为了实现上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中由第三网络设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In another possible design, the communication device 100 may correspond to the third network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 . For example, the communication device 100 may be a third network device, or it may be a third network device. Chips in third network equipment. The communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the third network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the above FIG. 8 to the operations performed by the third network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 . Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:

收发单元1001,用于接收第一网络设备发送的第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位;The transceiver unit 1001 is configured to receive a second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;

所述收发单元1001,用于向第四网络设备发送第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The transceiver unit 1001 is configured to send a third positioning request to a fourth network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS. Configure a corresponding first SRS resource, where the first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述通信装置之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the communication device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal equipment and the first network equipment. Generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于向所述第一网络设备发送第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置100可对应于上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中 的第四网络设备,如该通信装置100可以是第四网络设备,也可以是第四网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置100可以包括用于执行上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中由第四网络设备所执行的操作的单元,并且,该通信装置100中的各单元分别为了实现上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中由第四网络设备所执行的操作。其中,各个单元的描述如下:In another possible design, the communication device 100 may correspond to the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 above. The fourth network device, such as the communication device 100, may be a fourth network device or a chip in the fourth network device. The communication device 100 may include units for performing operations performed by the fourth network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 , and each unit in the communication device 100 is configured to implement the above FIG. 8 To the operations performed by the fourth network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 . Among them, the descriptions of each unit are as follows:

收发单元1001,用于接收第三网络设备发送的第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置;Transceiver unit 1001, configured to receive a third positioning request sent by a third network device, where the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration. The corresponding first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;

所述收发单元1001,还用于向所述第三网络设备发送第三定位请求回复,所述第三定位请求回复用于指示所述第一SRS资源。The transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述收发单元1001,还用于接收第二网络设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为终端设备预留SRS资源;In a possible implementation, the transceiver unit 1001 is also configured to receive a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述收发单元1001,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The transceiver unit 1001 is further configured to send a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

根据本申请实施例,图10所示的装置中的各个单元可以分别或全部合并为一个或若干个另外的单元来构成,或者其中的某个(些)单元还可以再拆分为功能上更小的多个单元来构成,这可以实现同样的操作,而不影响本申请的实施例的技术效果的实现。上述单元是基于逻辑功能划分的,在实际应用中,一个单元的功能也可以由多个单元来实现,或者多个单元的功能由一个单元实现。在本申请的其它实施例中,基于电子设备也可以包括其它单元,在实际应用中,这些功能也可以由其它单元协助实现,并且可以由多个单元协作实现。According to the embodiment of the present application, each unit in the device shown in Figure 10 can be separately or entirely combined into one or several additional units, or one (some) of the units can be further split into functionally more advanced units. It is composed of multiple small units, which can achieve the same operation without affecting the realization of the technical effects of the embodiments of the present application. The above units are divided based on logical functions. In practical applications, the function of one unit can also be realized by multiple units, or the functions of multiple units can be realized by one unit. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also include other units. In practical applications, these functions may also be implemented with the assistance of other units, and may be implemented by multiple units in cooperation.

需要说明的是,各个单元的实现还可以对应参照上述图7、图8、图9所示的方法实施例的相应描述。It should be noted that the implementation of each unit may also refer to the corresponding descriptions of the method embodiments shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9.

在图10所描述的通信装置100中,终端设备通过定位请求将所需的SRS配置发送给第一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要第一网络设备向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率,终端设备也无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the communication device 100 described in Figure 10, the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first network device through the positioning request to request to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the need to send the SRS configuration. Required signaling overhead, and there is no need for the first network device to deliver SRS configuration to the terminal device every time it is positioned, which improves positioning efficiency. The terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for Terminal equipment is required to support SDT capabilities, which reduces the complexity of the terminal equipment, simplifies the positioning process, and improves positioning efficiency.

请参阅图11,图11为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.

应理解,图11示出的通信装置110仅是示例,本申请实施例的通信装置还可包括其他部件,或者包括与图11中的各个部件的功能相似的部件,或者并非要包括图11中所有部件。It should be understood that the communication device 110 shown in FIG. 11 is only an example. The communication device in the embodiment of the present application may also include other components, or components with similar functions to the components in FIG. 11 , or is not intended to include the components in FIG. 11 All parts.

通信装置110包括通信接口1101和至少一个处理器1102。The communication device 110 includes a communication interface 1101 and at least one processor 1102 .

该通信装置110可以对应终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备、第三网络设备、第四网络设备中的任一网元或设备。通信接口1101用于收发信号,至少一个处理器1102执行程序指令,使得通信装置110实现上述方法实施例中由对应设备所执行的方法的相应流程。The communication device 110 may correspond to any network element or device among terminal equipment, first network equipment, second network equipment, third network equipment, and fourth network equipment. The communication interface 1101 is used to send and receive signals, and at least one processor 1102 executes program instructions, so that the communication device 110 implements the corresponding process of the method executed by the corresponding device in the above method embodiment.

在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置110可对应于上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中的终端设备,如该通信装置110可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置110可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置110中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In a possible design, the communication device 110 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 , for example, the communication device 110 may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. . The communication device 110 may include components for performing operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively intended to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The details can be as follows:

终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device. The first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration. The first positioning request is used to request to reserve a first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resource;

所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,所述第一SRS 用于定位。The terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first SRS used for positioning.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述终端设备获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系;The terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration;

所述终端设备根据第一小区标识和所述对应关系,确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括所述第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The terminal device determines the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, and the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message or a media access control layer control element MAC CE.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,包括:In a possible implementation, sending the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration includes:

所述终端设备在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,根据所述第一SRS资源发送所述第一SRS,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, it sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource, and the first positioning request reply is used to indicate to the terminal device Send the first SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps. The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in two steps.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置110可对应于上述图7至图9所示的方法实施例中的第一网络设备,如该通信装置110可以是第一网络设备,也可以是第一网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置110可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置110中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由第一网络设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In another possible design, the communication device 110 may correspond to the first network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 . For example, the communication device 110 may be the first network device or the first network device. Chips in the first network equipment. The communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:

第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The first network device receives a first positioning request sent by the terminal device. The first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration. The first positioning request is used to request to reserve the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration. SRS resources;

所述第一网络设备测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS,得到所述终端设备的定位测量信息。The first network device measures the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration to obtain positioning measurement information of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,所述对应关系用于确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The first network device sends a corresponding relationship between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device. The corresponding relationship is used to determine the first SRS configuration. The first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. .

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一小区标识包括与所述终端设备处于相同公共陆地移动网络的小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first cell identity includes a cell identity in the same public land mobile network as the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request further includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identity I-RNTI, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控 制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: Radio Resource Control Controls RRC messages and media access control layer control elements MAC CE.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS之前,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, before measuring the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。The first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply and send the first positioning request reply. The time interval between SRS.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。In a possible implementation, the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the second message Msg2, the second message Msg2 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device through four steps. The fourth message Msg4 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in four steps, and the second message MsgB in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in two steps.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源。The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. .

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device. The next generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after sending the second positioning request to the third network device, the method further includes:

所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第三网络设备的第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device receives a second positioning request reply from the third network device, and the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置110可对应于上述图9所示的方法实施例中的第二网络设备,如该通信装置110可以是第二网络设备,也可以是第二网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置110可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置110中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由第二网络设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In another possible design, the communication device 110 may correspond to the second network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9. For example, the communication device 110 may be a second network device or a second network device. The chip in the device. The communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:

第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;The second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。 The second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;The second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述第二网络设备接收所述第四网络设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The second network device receives a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置110可对应于上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中的第三网络设备,如该通信装置110可以是第三网络设备,也可以是第三网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置110可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由第三网络设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置110中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由第三网络设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In another possible design, the communication device 110 may correspond to the third network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 . For example, the communication device 110 may be a third network device, or may be a third network device. Chips in third network equipment. The communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the third network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the third network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:

第三网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位;The third network device receives the second positioning request sent by the first network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device;

所述第三网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The third network device sends a third positioning request to the fourth network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request reservation of the first SRS configuration corresponding The first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;In a possible implementation, the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal device, cell identification of the terminal device, the first cell identifier and the first SRS configuration;

其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device. The next generation interface application protocol identifier.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。In a possible implementation, the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第三设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。The third device sends a second positioning request reply to the first network device, where the second positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to be positioned.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置110可对应于上述图8至图9所示的方法实施例中的第四网络设备,如该通信装置110可以是第四网络设备,也可以是第四网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置110可以包括用于执行上述方法实施例中由第四网络设备所执行的操作的部件,并且,该通信装置110中的各部件分别为了实现上述方法实施例中由第四网络设备所执行的操作。具体可以如下所示:In another possible design, the communication device 110 may correspond to the fourth network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 to 9 . For example, the communication device 110 may be the fourth network device, or it may be Chips in fourth network equipment. The communication device 110 may include components for performing the operations performed by the fourth network device in the above method embodiment, and each component in the communication device 110 is respectively used to implement the operations performed by the fourth network device in the above method embodiment. The operation performed. The details can be as follows:

第四网络设备接收第三网络设备发送的第三定位请求,所述第三定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第三定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置;The fourth network device receives a third positioning request sent by the third network device, the third positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration, and the third positioning request is used to request to reserve the SRS configuration corresponding to the first SRS configuration. The first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identity;

所述第四网络设备向所述第三网络设备发送第三定位请求回复,所述第三定位请求回复用于指示所述第一SRS资源。The fourth network device sends a third positioning request reply to the third network device, where the third positioning request reply is used to indicate the first SRS resource.

在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation, the method further includes:

所述第四网络设备接收第二网络设备发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为终端设备预留SRS资源;The fourth network device receives a third message sent by the second network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device;

所述第四网络设备向所述第二网络设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The fourth network device sends a fourth message to the second network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device.

在图11所描述的通信装置110中,终端设备通过定位请求将所需的SRS配置发送给第 一网络设备,以请求预留第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源,可以节省下发SRS配置所需的信令开销,并且,无需每次定位都要第一网络设备向终端设备下发SRS配置,提高了定位效率,终端设备也无需再通过SDT向第一网络设备发送事件报告,从而无需要求终端设备必须支持SDT能力,降低了终端设备的复杂度,且简化了定位流程,提高了定位效率。In the communication device 110 depicted in Figure 11, the terminal device sends the required SRS configuration to the first through a positioning request. A network device requests to reserve the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, which can save the signaling overhead required to deliver the SRS configuration, and does not require the first network device to deliver the SRS to the terminal device every time it is positioned. configuration, improves positioning efficiency, and the terminal device no longer needs to send event reports to the first network device through SDT, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal device to support SDT capabilities, reducing the complexity of the terminal device, simplifying the positioning process, and improving positioning efficiency.

对于通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可参阅图12所示的芯片的结构示意图。For the case where the communication device may be a chip or a chip system, refer to the schematic structural diagram of the chip shown in FIG. 12 .

如图12所示,芯片120包括处理器1201和接口1202。其中,处理器1201的数量可以是一个或多个,接口1202的数量可以是多个。需要说明的是,处理器1201、接口1202各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。As shown in Figure 12, the chip 120 includes a processor 1201 and an interface 1202. The number of processors 1201 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1202 may be multiple. It should be noted that the corresponding functions of the processor 1201 and the interface 1202 can be realized through hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which are not limited here.

可选的,芯片120还可以包括存储器1203,存储器1203用于存储必要的程序指令和数据。Optionally, the chip 120 may also include a memory 1203, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data.

本申请中,处理器1201可用于从存储器1203中调用本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的通信方法在终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备、第三网络设备、第四网络设备中一个或多个设备或网元的实现程序,并执行该程序包含的指令。接口1202可用于输出处理器1201的执行结果。本申请中,接口1202可具体用于输出处理器1201的各个消息或信息。In this application, the processor 1201 may be used to call the communication method provided by one or more embodiments of this application from the memory 1203 on the terminal device, the first network device, the second network device, the third network device, and the fourth network device. Implement the program for one or more devices or network elements and execute the instructions contained in the program. The interface 1202 may be used to output execution results of the processor 1201. In this application, the interface 1202 may be specifically used to output various messages or information from the processor 1201.

关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的通信方法可参考前述图7、图8、图9所示各个实施例,这里不再赘述。Regarding the communication method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the respective embodiments shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9, which will not be described again here.

本申请实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU). The processor can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.

本申请实施例中的存储器用于提供存储空间,存储空间中可以存储操作系统和计算机程序等数据。存储器包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)。The memory in the embodiment of the present application is used to provide storage space, and data such as operating systems and computer programs can be stored in the storage space. Memory includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable Read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM).

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,上述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当上述计算机程序在一个或多个处理器上运行时,可以实现上述图7、图8、图9所示的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the above-mentioned computer program is run on one or more processors, The methods shown in Figure 7, Figure 8, and Figure 9 above can be implemented.

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,上述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当上述计算机程序在处理器上运行时,可以实现上述图7、图8、图9所示的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The above-mentioned computer program product includes a computer program. When the above-mentioned computer program is run on a processor, the above-mentioned Figures 7, 8 and 8 can be realized. The method shown in 9.

本申请实施例还提供了一种系统,该系统包括至少一个如上述通信装置100或通信装置110或芯片120,用于执行上述图7、图8、图9任一实施例中相应设备执行的步骤。Embodiments of the present application also provide a system that includes at least one communication device 100 or communication device 110 or chip 120 as described above, for executing the steps performed by the corresponding device in any of the embodiments of FIG. 7, FIG. 8, and FIG. 9. step.

本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.

应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分 立硬件组件,还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the above processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a general processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC). , off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete The independent hardware component can also be a system on chip (SoC), a central processor unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or digital signal processing. The circuit (digital signal processor, DSP) can also be a microcontroller unit (micro controller unit, MCU), a programmable logic device (PLD), or other integrated chips. Each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated. The usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disks, SSD)) etc.

上述各个装置实施例中的单元和方法实施例中的电子设备完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The units in each of the above device embodiments correspond completely to the electronic equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units perform corresponding steps. For example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the steps of receiving or sending in the method embodiments, except for sending. , other steps besides receiving may be performed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, please refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There can be one or more processors.

可以理解的,本申请实施例中,电子设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实 施例中的全部操作。It can be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application. These steps or operations are only examples. The embodiments of the present application can also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, various steps may be performed in a different order than those presented in the embodiments of the present application, and may not be implemented in the embodiments of the present application. All operations in the example.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application.

Claims (29)

一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:A positioning method, characterized by including: 终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The terminal device sends a first positioning request to the first network device. The first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration. The first positioning request is used to request to reserve a first SRS corresponding to the first SRS configuration. resource; 所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,所述第一SRS用于定位。The terminal device sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, and the first SRS is used for positioning. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising: 所述终端设备获取小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系;The terminal device obtains the corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the SRS configuration; 所述终端设备根据第一小区标识和所述对应关系,确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括所述第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The terminal device determines the first SRS configuration according to the first cell identifier and the corresponding relationship, and the first SRS configuration includes the SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the first positioning request also includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identifier I-RNTI, and the Describe the first cell identity. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message and a media access control layer control element MAC CE. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送第一SRS,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein sending the first SRS according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration includes: 所述终端设备在接收到第一网络设备发送的第一定位请求回复的情况下,根据所述第一SRS资源发送所述第一SRS,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。When the terminal device receives the first positioning request reply sent by the first network device, it sends the first SRS according to the first SRS resource, and the first positioning request reply is used to indicate to the terminal device Send the first SRS. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。The method of claim 5, wherein the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。The method according to claim 5 or 6, characterized in that the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply. and the time interval between sending the first SRS. 根据权利要求5至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。The method according to any one of claims 5 to 7, characterized in that the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the terminal device randomly accesses the first network in four steps The second message Msg2 in the device process, the fourth message Msg4 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in four steps, and the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in two steps The second message in MsgB. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:A positioning method, characterized by including: 第一网络设备接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求,所述第一定位请求包括第一探测参考信号SRS配置,所述第一定位请求用于请求预留所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源;The first network device receives a first positioning request sent by the terminal device. The first positioning request includes a first sounding reference signal SRS configuration. The first positioning request is used to request to reserve the first positioning request corresponding to the first SRS configuration. SRS resources; 所述第一网络设备测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的 第一SRS,得到所述终端设备的定位测量信息。The first network device measures the data sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration. The first SRS obtains the positioning measurement information of the terminal device. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 9, further comprising: 所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送小区标识与SRS配置的对应关系,所述对应关系用于确定所述第一SRS配置,所述第一SRS配置包括第一小区标识对应的SRS配置。The first network device sends a corresponding relationship between a cell identifier and an SRS configuration to the terminal device. The corresponding relationship is used to determine the first SRS configuration. The first SRS configuration includes an SRS configuration corresponding to the first cell identifier. . 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求还包括短的媒体接入控制完整性验证值shortMAC-I,非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI,以及所述第一小区标识。The method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that the first positioning request also includes a short medium access control integrity verification value shortMAC-I, an inactive wireless network temporary identifier I-RNTI, and the Describe the first cell identity. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求承载于以下任意一项消息中:无线资源控制RRC消息、媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC CE。The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, characterized in that the first positioning request is carried in any one of the following messages: a radio resource control RRC message and a media access control layer control element MAC CE. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量所述终端设备根据所述第一SRS配置对应的第一SRS资源发送的第一SRS之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, characterized in that before measuring the first SRS sent by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource corresponding to the first SRS configuration, the method further include: 所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一定位请求回复,所述第一定位请求回复用于指示所述终端设备发送所述第一SRS。The first network device sends a first positioning request reply to the terminal device, where the first positioning request reply is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first SRS. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求回复包括以下一项或多项:所述第一SRS资源、所述第一SRS配置、所述第一小区标识。The method according to claim 13, wherein the first positioning request reply includes one or more of the following: the first SRS resource, the first SRS configuration, and the first cell identity. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求回复还包括第一时延,所述第一时延用于指示所述终端设备接收所述第一定位请求回复和发送所述第一SRS之间的时间间隔。The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the first positioning request reply further includes a first delay, and the first delay is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the first positioning request reply. and the time interval between sending the first SRS. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位请求回复承载于以下任意一项消息中:所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息Msg2、所述终端设备通过四步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第四消息Msg4、所述终端设备通过两步随机接入所述第一网络设备过程中的第二消息MsgB。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, characterized in that the first positioning request reply is carried in any one of the following messages: the terminal device randomly accesses the first network in four steps The second message Msg2 in the device process, the fourth message Msg4 in the process of the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in four steps, and the terminal device randomly accessing the first network device in two steps The second message in MsgB. 根据权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 16, characterized in that after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: 所述第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源。The first network device sends a first message to the second network device, the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device. . 根据权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收终端设备发送的第一定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 17, characterized in that after receiving the first positioning request sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: 所述第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求,所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device sends a second positioning request to the third network device, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二定位请求包括第一标识信息、 第二标识信息,以及以下一项或多项:所述终端设备的位置信息、所述终端设备的小区标识、所述第一小区标识、所述第一SRS配置;The method according to claim 18, characterized in that the second positioning request includes first identification information, second identification information, and one or more of the following: location information of the terminal equipment, cell identification of the terminal equipment, the first cell identification, and the first SRS configuration; 其中,所述第一标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第三网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识,所述第二标识信息包括所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备之间的下一代接口应用协议标识。Wherein, the first identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the third network device, and the second identification information includes the next generation interface application protocol identification between the terminal device and the first network device. The next generation interface application protocol identifier. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二定位请求承载于下一代接口应用协议NG-AP消息中。The method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that the second positioning request is carried in a Next Generation Interface Application Protocol NG-AP message. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向第三网络设备发送第二定位请求之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, characterized in that after sending the second positioning request to the third network device, the method further includes: 所述第一网络设备接收来自所述第三网络设备的第二定位请求回复,所述第二定位请求回复用于指示对所述终端设备进行定位。The first network device receives a second positioning request reply from the third network device, and the second positioning request reply is used to indicate positioning of the terminal device. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:A positioning method, characterized by including: 第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息,以及请求所述第二网络设备停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;The second network device receives the first message sent by the first network device, where the first message is used to request context information of the terminal device and request the second network device to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device; 所述第二网络设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息。The second network device sends a second message to the first network device, where the second message includes context information of the terminal device. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 22, further comprising: 所述第二网络设备向第四网络设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示停止为所述终端设备预留SRS资源;The second network device sends a third message to the fourth network device, where the third message is used to instruct to stop reserving SRS resources for the terminal device; 所述第二网络设备接收所述第四网络设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于指示停止测量所述终端设备发送的SRS。The second network device receives a fourth message sent by the fourth network device, where the fourth message is used to instruct to stop measuring the SRS sent by the terminal device. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至8或权利要求9至21或权利要求22至23中任一项所述方法的模块或单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module or unit for executing the method described in any one of claims 1 to 8, 9 to 21, or 22 to 23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器;A communication device, characterized by including: a processor; 当所述处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法被执行,或权利要求9至21中任一项所述的方法被执行,或权利要求22至23中任一项所述的方法被执行。When the processor calls the computer program or instructions in the memory, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is executed, or the method according to any one of claims 9 to 21 is executed, Or the method according to any one of claims 22 to 23 is performed. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:逻辑电路和通信接口;A communication device, characterized by including: a logic circuit and a communication interface; 所述通信接口,用于接收信息或者发送信息;The communication interface is used to receive information or send information; 所述逻辑电路,用于通过所述通信接口接收信息或者发送信息,使如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法被执行,或权利要求9至21中任一项所述的方法被执行,或权利要求22至23中任一项所述的方法被执行。The logic circuit is used to receive information or send information through the communication interface, so that the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is executed, or the method according to any one of claims 9 to 21 is executed, or the method according to any one of claims 22 to 23 is executed. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括: A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by including: 所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储指令或计算机程序;当所述指令或所述计算机程序被执行时,使如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法被实现,或权利要求9至21中任一项所述的方法被实现,或权利要求22至23中任一项所述的方法被实现。The computer-readable storage medium is used to store instructions or computer programs; when the instructions or the computer program are executed, the method of any one of claims 1 to 8 is implemented, or claim 9 The method described in any one of claims 21 to 21 is implemented, or the method described in any one of claims 22 to 23 is implemented. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括:指令或计算机程序;A computer program product, characterized in that it includes: instructions or computer programs; 所述指令或所述计算机程序被执行时,使如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法被实现,或权利要求9至21中任一项所述的方法被执行,或权利要求22至23中任一项所述的方法被执行。When the instructions or the computer program are executed, the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8 is implemented, or the method as claimed in any one of claims 9 to 21 is executed, or the method as claimed in claim 9 is executed. The method described in any one of 22 to 23 is performed. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求24所述的通信装置,或权利要求25所述的通信装置,或权利要求26所述的通信装置。 A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 24, or the communication device according to claim 25, or the communication device according to claim 26.
PCT/CN2023/087343 2022-05-17 2023-04-10 Positioning method and related apparatus Ceased WO2023221686A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210536954.9 2022-05-17
CN202210536954.9A CN117135700A (en) 2022-05-17 2022-05-17 A positioning method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023221686A1 true WO2023221686A1 (en) 2023-11-23

Family

ID=88834579

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/087343 Ceased WO2023221686A1 (en) 2022-05-17 2023-04-10 Positioning method and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117135700A (en)
WO (1) WO2023221686A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN120456038A (en) * 2024-02-08 2025-08-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Configuration information activation method, device, base station, core network equipment and terminal
CN118678446B (en) * 2024-08-20 2024-11-15 成都爱瑞无线科技有限公司 Resource allocation method, resource transmission method, resource measurement method and electronic equipment

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111901809A (en) * 2020-02-13 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Positioning information processing method and device and storage medium
CN112567841A (en) * 2018-08-17 2021-03-26 联想(北京)有限公司 SRS configuration and SRS transmission
CN113950068A (en) * 2020-07-15 2022-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Positioning signal sending method and device
WO2022027612A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 Signaling transmission method and apparatus
CN114245998A (en) * 2019-08-13 2022-03-25 高通股份有限公司 Uplink switching for enhanced mobility
CN114339874A (en) * 2020-09-29 2022-04-12 上海华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and related equipment thereof

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112567841A (en) * 2018-08-17 2021-03-26 联想(北京)有限公司 SRS configuration and SRS transmission
CN114245998A (en) * 2019-08-13 2022-03-25 高通股份有限公司 Uplink switching for enhanced mobility
CN111901809A (en) * 2020-02-13 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Positioning information processing method and device and storage medium
CN113950068A (en) * 2020-07-15 2022-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Positioning signal sending method and device
WO2022027612A1 (en) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 Signaling transmission method and apparatus
CN114339874A (en) * 2020-09-29 2022-04-12 上海华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and related equipment thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117135700A (en) 2023-11-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240414623A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus
US12445940B2 (en) Mobile telecommunications system method, user equipment and base station for transmitting on demand system information
CN113923750B (en) Method and device for accessing cell
CN111867057B (en) Communication methods, devices and systems
US20240244563A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020164142A1 (en) Method and device for processing synchronization signal block information, and communication device
CN111405637B (en) Communication method and device
CN109392173B (en) A system information sending method, obtaining method and related equipment
WO2023221686A1 (en) Positioning method and related apparatus
EP4535854A1 (en) Cell measurement method and related apparatus
CN115066930B (en) Method and device for switching network equipment
CN116867054A (en) Communication methods, terminal equipment, and core network equipment
WO2014181439A1 (en) Communication system, terminal device, and communication method
CN115767580B (en) Communication method and related equipment
US10200973B2 (en) Network accessing method for mobile terminal and mobile terminal
WO2023236703A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus, storage medium, and chip system
CN118524512A (en) A communication method, device, storage medium and computer program product
WO2021056147A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus
WO2024051517A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2024093939A1 (en) Signal configuration method and system and communication apparatus
WO2024011525A1 (en) Uplink positioning method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN117560734A (en) Communication method, communication device and communication system
WO2024017218A1 (en) Data transmission method and related apparatus
JP2025516962A (en) System information transmission, wireless communication system access method and device
CN116888990A (en) Information sending, information receiving methods, devices, equipment and storage media

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23806642

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 23806642

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1